EDGAR 10-K Filing

Company CIK: 1739566
Filing Year: 2022
Filename: 1739566_10-K_2022_0001739566-22-000086.json

---

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Item 1. Business
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this subsection to the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Utz Brands, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries following the Business Combination, other than certain historical information which refers to the business of Utz Brands Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. Our Core geographies, consist of Alabama, Connecticut, Delaware, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Virginia, West Virginia, Washington, and Washington D.C. (our “Core Geographies”). Our Expansion geographies consist of Arkansas, Colorado, Georgia, Illinois, Mississippi, North Carolina, Ohio, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Vermont (our “Expansion Geographies”). Our Emerging geographies consist of Alaska, Arizona, California, Florida, Hawaii, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Dakota, Texas, Utah, Wisconsin, and Wyoming (our “Emerging Geographies”).
Overview
We are a leading United States manufacture of branded salty snacks. We produce a broad offering of salty snacks, including potato chips, tortilla chips, pretzels, cheese snacks, pork skins, veggie snacks, pub/party mixes, and other snacks. Our iconic portfolio of authentic, craft, and “better-for-you” (“BFY”) brands, which includes Utz, Zapp’s, ON THE BORDER, Golden Flake, Good Health and Boulder Canyon, among others, enjoys strong household penetration in the United States, where our products can be found in approximately half of U.S. households. As of January 2, 2022, we operate 17 manufacturing facilities with a broad range of capabilities, and our products are distributed nationally to grocery, mass, club, convenience, drug and other retailers through direct shipments, distributors, and more than 1,850 direct store delivery (“DSD”) routes. Our company was founded in 1921 in Hanover, Pennsylvania, and benefits from nearly 100 years of brand awareness and heritage in the salty snacks industry. We are the second-largest producer of branded salty snacks in our Core Geographies, based on retail sales and we have historically expanded our geographic reach and product portfolio organically and through acquisitions.
We believe our enhanced access to capital as a public company following our August 2020 business combination with Collier Creek Holdings (“CCH”) best positions us to realize our objective of becoming the fastest-growing pure-play branded snack platform of scale in the United States. Our long-term goals to build greater shareholder value include delivering consistent organic revenue growth, expanding margins, and leveraging our competitively advantaged route-to-market and scalable operating platform to make periodic value-enhancing strategic acquisitions.
Our business benefits from multiple opportunities to deliver attractive long-term profitable growth. Our value creation strategies are focused on driving productivity to enhance margins, reinvesting in marketing and innovation to accelerate revenue growth and continuing to make strategic acquisitions. We believe we are well-positioned for long-term growth as we (a) gained a significant amount of new buyers in the salty snack category in 2020 and repeat rates are increasing, (b) have significant opportunity in our Emerging and Growth Geographies and under-penetrated channels, (c) continue to execute productivity efforts that will help to fuel incremental marketing and innovation to accelerate growth in sales, (d) continue to make infrastructure improvements to enable us to continue to scale to greater heights, and (e) continue to make strategic acquisitions that deliver strong synergies and that enhance our competitive positioning. We believe each of these growth avenues represents a sizeable opportunity to expand our Net Sales. In addition, we further anticipate expanding our margins over the long term through supply chain productivity, revenue management, a higher-margin product mix, and higher margins on incremental sales as we leverage our scalable existing platform.
We also maintain a highly-disciplined approach to M&A and have substantial experience sourcing, executing, and integrating value-enhancing acquisitions. Since 2010, we have successfully integrated 17 acquisitions. Given our highly-scalable operating platform, we have been able to quickly and efficiently integrate acquired businesses into our infrastructure and realize attractive cost savings as well as revenue and distribution increases.
We believe these initiatives should generate attractive earnings growth as well as strong and stable free cash flow, enabling us to reinvest in our existing brands, reduce debt, and pay regular dividends to our stockholders.
Recent Developments
Effects of COVID-19. The novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, outbreak began impacting consumption, distribution and production of our products in March 2020. We have taken necessary preventive actions and implemented additional measures to protect our employees that work on site. We continue to experience higher demand for our products compared to historical volumes, and we are servicing that demand by increasing production and distribution activities. Generally, producers of food products, including salty snacks, have been deemed “essential industries” by federal, state, and local governments and are exempt from certain COVID-19-related restrictions on business operations. Our strategic manufacturing capabilities and DSD distribution network have allowed us to effectively service increases in demand and be responsive to evolving market dynamics driven by changes in consumer behavior. We continue to monitor customer and consumer demands, and intend to adapt our plans as needed to continue to meet these demands.
Recent Acquisitions
On February 8, 2021, the Company closed on a definitive agreement with Snak-King Corp. to acquire certain assets of the C.J. Vitner's business, a leading brand of salty snacks in the Chicago, IL area. The acquisition increases our distribution in the Chicago area and Midwest Region and expands our product offering. The Company paid the aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $25 million which was funded from current cash-on-hand.
On May 11, 2021, the Company announced that its subsidiary, Utz Quality Foods, LLC (“UQF”) entered into a definitive agreement with Great Lakes Festida Holdings, Inc. to acquire all assets including real estate located in Grand Rapids, Michigan related to the operations of Festida Foods ("Festida Foods acquisition" or "acquisition of Festida Foods"), a manufacturer of tortilla chips, corn chips, and pellet snacks, and the largest manufacturer of tortilla chips for the Company's ON THE BORDER® brand. The Company closed this transaction on June 7, 2021 and the purchase price of approximately $40.3 million was funded in part from incremental financing on an existing term loan.
On November 2, 2021, the Company announced that its subsidiaries, entered into a definitive agreement to acquire R.W. Garcia Holdings, LLC and its' wholly-owned subsidiary R.W. Garcia Co., Inc. ("RW Garcia"), an artisan maker of high-quality organic tortilla chips, crackers, and corn chips ("RW Garcia acquisition"). At the closing of the transaction on December 6, 2021, the Company paid the purchase price of approximately $58.3 million which was funded in part from a draw on the Company's line of credit and cash on hand. In addition to this acquisition on December 6, 2021, the Company closed on an acquisition of a manufacturing facility of which RW Garcia was a tenant. The cost of the manufacturing facility was approximately $6.0 million.
Brands
Our business is managed and reported in one operating segment. However, we actively manage our portfolio of brands by strategically segregating our sole operating segment into Power Brands and Foundation Brands. Power Brands, in aggregate, enjoy a combination of higher growth and margins, greater potential for value-added innovation, and enhanced responsiveness to consumer marketing as compared to Foundation Brands. As a result, we focus our investment spending and brand-building activities on Power Brands while managing Foundation Brands for cash flow generation to support investment in Power Brands and fund other corporate priorities.
Our Power Brands are comprised of Utz, ON THE BORDER, Good Health, Boulder Canyon, Zapp’s, Hawaiian, Golden Flake pork skins, TGIF, and TORTIYAHS!.
Our flagship Utz brand generated retail sales in excess of $670 million in 2021, representing approximately 5.5% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) (2017-2021) and making it one of the 10 largest salty snack brands in the United States by retail sales as of January 2, 2022. Recognized for its iconic logo featuring the “Little Utz Girl” since the 1920s, the Utz brand currently utilizes the slogan “Family Crafted Flavor Since 1921”. We sell a variety of salty snacks under the Utz brand, including potato chips, pretzels, cheese snacks, pub/party mixes, and others.
Our ON THE BORDER brand ("OTB"), which was acquired on December 14, 2020 as part of the acquisition of Truco, is a national brand of tortilla chips, salsa and queso. OTB is the #2 unflavored tortilla chip brand as of January 2, 2022. Additionally, the acquisition of OTB strengthens our national geographic footprint in our Expansion Geographies and Emerging Geographies and enhances our presence in the Mass and Club retail channels.
Our Good Health and Boulder Canyon Power Brands anchor our position in the BFY category of salty snacking, which has been a high-growth category in recent years. Good Health, which we acquired in 2014, is positioned as a positive way to snack because its products have cleaner ingredients and are certified non-GMO and gluten-free. Boulder Canyon, which we acquired as part of the Inventure Foods, Inc. (“Inventure Foods”) acquisition in 2017, offers a line of premium BFY potato chips, including those made with olive or avocado oils. In the Natural channel, Boulder Canyon is the #2 potato chip brand while growing nearly 5% within the channel in 2021 and its “Canyon Cut” rippled avocado oil-based chip is the #1 selling potato chip item as of January 2, 2022.
Our Power Brands also include a number of our authentic craft brands including Zapp’s, Hawaiian, and Golden Flake pork skins. For example, Zapp’s, which we acquired in 2011, offers a line of premium kettle-cooked potato chips with bold, authentic flavors steeped in its New Orleans roots, including “Voodoo,” “Hotter ‘N’ Hot Jalapeño,” “Spicy Cajun Crawtators,” and “Cajun Dill Gator-tators,” among others. Hawaiian is a premium kettle chip brand that was acquired with the acquisition of Kennedy Endeavors, LLC (“Kennedy”), the DSD snacks business of Conagra Brands, Inc. (the “Kennedy Acquisition”). It evokes the feel of the Pacific islands, with exotic flavors like “Sweet Maui Onion,” “Luau BBQ,” “Mango Habanero,” and “Hulapeño.” Our Golden Flake brand, a part of Southern culture since 1923, has a full line of Southern-style pork skins with flavors like “Louisiana Hot Sauce” and “Sweet Heat Barbecue,” which offer great taste and crunch with low carbohydrates.
Our Foundation Brands include strong regional snacking brands, such as Golden Flake (excluding pork skins), Tim’s Cascade, Snyder of Berlin, “Dirty”, Herdez, Kitchen Cooked, Bachman, Jax and R.W. Garcia as well as our partner and private label brands. We have historically utilized the strong regional positions and relevance of our Foundation Brands to drive increased distribution for our Power Brands.
Products
We produce a broad range of salty snack foods, including potato chips, tortilla chips, pretzels, cheese snacks, veggie snacks, pub/party mixes, pork skins, ready-to-eat popcorn, and other snacks. Our products are packaged in a variety of different sizes and configurations, ranging from individual packages to shareable bulk containers. We also sell certain third-party branded products through our distribution network.
We believe our ability to produce a wide range of products differentiates us from some of our competitors whose businesses focus on a particular product type. We believe our broad product assortment enables us to gain greater distribution and shelf space with our customers. Our in-house production capabilities across a range of products also enable us to rapidly respond to evolving consumer needs and preferences and to better create new innovative products to delight consumers. We also believe that our diversified product portfolio results in more predictable and stable financial performance as we are not overly exposed to only one product sub-category.
Product Innovation
New product innovation is critical in the salty snacks category because consumers both enjoy long-time favorites and like to experiment with new forms, flavors, textures, and ingredients. In particular, our brands have strong competitive positions across an assortment of popular salty snacks, including potato chips, tortilla chips, pretzels, cheese snacks, pub/party mixes, veggie snacks, and pork skins. Given our long-standing customer relationships, broad production capabilities, and scalable distribution platform, we plan to strengthen our presence in certain salty snack sub-categories that we believe are highly synergistic to our existing business. We intend to expand our presence in key salty snack sub-categories through a combination of line extensions of our existing brands, new brand introductions, licensing partnerships with established brands, and/or acquisitions. We believe our expanded presence across key salty snack sub-categories would enhance our competitive position with customers and would be highly synergistic given our ability to leverage our existing manufacturing and distribution infrastructure.
As such, the level of new product innovation and the speed to market with these innovations are critical components of our business. Our innovation process begins with our marketing team, which understands our brands and consumers, and works collaboratively with our research & development and innovation leaders to identify new product opportunities that best suit our brand positions. We develop insights about unsatisfied consumer needs using our market research capabilities, and we track competitive product introductions to ensure appropriate responses. We also collaborate with third-party seasoning and flavor houses to understand the latest trends in consumer flavors and emerging consumer flavor preferences. Going forward, we intend to increase our investments in market research and other resources to generate more consumer insights and new product innovations.
We also utilize our flexible manufacturing and distribution platform to streamline the new product innovation process from idea conception through development and commercialization to market. The strategic location of our primary corporate office adjacent to our largest manufacturing plants facilitates strong coordination between our marketing, sales, research & development, and manufacturing professionals, leveraging the innovation experience of senior management and our in-house innovation leaders. Our broad in-house manufacturing capabilities across different product forms and packaging allow us to develop and commercialize new products quickly, and we have the manufacturing flexibility to handle many types of ingredients, including on-trend BFY oils such as avocado and olive. Our DSD distribution system allows us to efficiently experiment with new products at retail stores driven by the ability to quickly place new items and collect immediate feedback on sell-through trends. Finally, given the importance of in-store presence, we have a dedicated graphics team that is able to quickly develop and implement new packaging designs, impactful point-of-sale materials, and retail-ready displays.
Utz innovation is gaining momentum, contributing more to growth and remains a key focus area. Utz Peanut Butter Filled Pretzel Bites is proving to be a large and sustaining offering, with strong velocities and repeat rates. In just over a year Utz Peanut Butter Filled Pretzel Bites became the #1 branded peanut butter filled pretzel barrel at retail. On The Border Chips and Dips extended their famous Café Style tortilla chip with a “Lightly-Salted” offering, and launched two delicious new dips - “Jalapeno Ranch and Southwest Bean dip”. “Zapp’s Thinz” is an exciting extension of Zapp's irresistible flavors such as Voodoo and Spicy Cajun to thin and crispy chips where 40% of consumers are exclusive to that form. Similarly the Hawaiian brand with its island-inspired flavors like "Sweet Maui Onion" and "Luau Barbeque" launched a wavy textured chip called “Big Waves”. Hot and spicy flavors remain a high growth and an area of future innovation. Utz iconic Cheese Balls business got a new flavor with “Red Hot Cheddar”. In the better for you space Utz continues to innovate. “Good Health ABCs” is a fun new letter-shaped snack sure to engage more than just your taste buds. Boulder Canyon known for better for you oils such as avocado oil launched Spicy Green Chili as its first "Boulder Batch" an exciting new series of limited time offerings.
Marketing, Advertising, and Consumer Engagement
Strategy. Our marketing strategy remains focused on driving stronger consumer pull for and building brand equity of our Power Brands. We conduct marketing efforts through three principal sets of activities: (i) consumer marketing and advertising, including sponsorships, print, digital, eCommerce and social media, and other product promotions; (ii) consumer sales incentives including coupons and rebates; and (iii) trade promotions to support features, displays and other merchandising of our products by our customers. Historically we have relied more heavily on sponsorships, trade promotions, and in-store merchandising for consumer engagement, however, we are making shifts of spending into more consumer awareness and brand building advertising. In fiscal 2021, we spent approximately $11.8 million related to consumer marketing and advertising expenses. We expanded our marketing capabilities and have seen significant increases in key conversion funnel metrics - brand awareness, consideration and loyalty. Going forward, consistent with our value creation strategies, we intend to meaningfully increase our investments in digital and social consumer marketing and advertising focused on our Power Brands as well as reallocate our current mix of media spending toward activities with the highest return on investment. We will continue to expand our investments in digital and social media, including as part of our strategy to grow our eCommerce and retailer marketing investments. We believe these marketing strategies will drive long term Net Sales growth by increasing brand equity, supporting geographic expansion and reducing the pressures of pricing.
Digital and Social Media. In recent years we have shifted our media efforts toward digital advertising, and increased our investments in engaging with consumers directly via social media platforms. In mid-2019, we appointed a VP of Digital Marketing and eCommerce to focus on expanding and integrating our e-commerce and social media platforms. These efforts have resulted in significant increases in household reach, expanded community sizes, and increased social media engagement in 2020 and 2021. We expect to continue to expand our investments in digital and social media in the future, including as part of our strategy to grow our eCommerce marketing investments.
Customers
In fiscal year 2021, our top 10 customers, all of which are retailers, represented approximately 40% of our invoiced sales, and no customer accounted for more than 15% of our invoiced sales in fiscal year 2021. We have historically benefited from long-term relationships with our key customers, having a sales relationship for more than 20 years on average across our top 15 retail customers.
Our strong brand equities, enhanced innovation, and optimized consumer marketing spend should enable us to continue to expand distribution of our products both within existing customers and in under-penetrated retail channels. We believe there is an opportunity to expand our distribution in mass merchants and convenience stores, where our retail sales as a percentage of the salty snack category are lower than in other channels such as grocery or club stores.
International
More than 99% of our invoiced sales occurred in the United States in fiscal 2021, and we are focused on growing our business in the United States. Since substantially all of our business is in the United States, we believe we have more limited exposure to global economic conditions and foreign exchange fluctuations than companies with more substantial international sales and operations.
Competition
Our products primarily compete with other salty snacks but also compete more broadly for certain eating occasions with other snack foods. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the salty snacks industry include taste, convenience, product variety, product quality, price, nutrition, consumer brand awareness, media and promotional activities, in-store merchandising execution, customer service, cost-efficient distribution, and access to retailer shelf space. We believe we compete effectively with respect to each of these factors.
The salty snacking industry is competitive and includes a number of diverse participants. Our identified competitors include PepsiCo (Frito Lay), Campbell’s (Snyder’s-Lance), Kellogg’s (Pringles), General Mills, Grupo Bimbo, Hershey’s, Hain Celestial, and Arca Continental (Wise), among others. Our products also compete with private label or retailer-branded salty snacks. However, private label represented only approximately 5% of category retail sales in 2021, which was about flat compared to its share of retail sales in 2016.
Historically, the salty snacks category has benefited from favorable competitive dynamics, including low private label penetration and category leaders who compete primarily via marketing and innovation.
Importantly, as of January 2, 2022, we are the #2 brand platform in our Core Geographies representing nearly 9% of total salty snacks category retail sales. As of January 2, 2022 in our Core Geographies, we have the #1 position in pork skins with 24% of sub-category retail sales and the #2 positions in potato chips, pretzels and cheese snacks with 14%, 20% and 9% of sub-category retail sales, respectively. As of January 2, 2022, we hold the #3 company position with Tortillas, with a 4% share, primarily driven by OTB. We believe we have a strong and defensible position in our Core Geographies with a significant opportunity to enhance our national position by expanding sales in Expansion Geographies (where we represent 4.5% of category retail sales) and Emerging Geographies (where we represent 2.4% of category retail sales).
Notably, in 2021, approximately $2.4 billion of salty snack retail sales were generated by approximately 1,300 smaller competitors, each with retail sales of less than $200 million. We believe this fragmented group of smaller brands provides an attractive opportunity for us to expand our retail sales by either acquiring or displacing smaller regional or product-specific competitors.
Supply Chain
Sourcing. The principal ingredients used to manufacture our products include potatoes, oil, flour, wheat, corn, cheese, spices, and seasonings. Our primary packaging materials include flexible films and rigid containers, such as barrels, lids, cartons, and trays. All of our core ingredients are purchased according to rigorous standards to assure food quality and safety. Our principal ingredients are generally available from multiple suppliers, but became more difficult to source beginning in 2021 due to ongoing supply chain constraints. We do not source any of our top 10 inputs under any single-source arrangements. As such, we have been able to make satisfactory alternative arrangements in the event of this interruption of supply from our vendors. No single category of raw material purchases represented more than 15% of our Cost of Goods Sold in fiscal year 2021. In addition to raw materials, we source energy and liquid fuels for our manufacturing facilities and in-house distribution assets.
We utilize various buying strategies to mitigate the impact of changes in input prices, including fixed-price forward purchases as well as commodity hedging arrangements with third parties (particularly for energy, vegetable oils, wheat, and corn). A number of external factors such as weather, commodity markets, and governmental or agricultural programs can affect the cost of raw materials used in our products. To provide greater visibility, we typically look to enter into pricing arrangements covering a meaningful portion of our forecast purchases over the next 3 to 18 months. As of February 24, 2022, we believe we have entered into pricing arrangements covering over 45% of our budgeted raw material needs in fiscal year 2022.
Manufacturing. We manufacture our products primarily through 17 company-operated manufacturing facilities across the United States. These include four legacy Utz facilities and thirteen facilities that were added over the last ten years from acquisitions (for more details see Item 2 “Properties” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more details). Our facilities had capacity to produce approximately 450 million pounds of salty snacks annually in 2021 based on management’s estimate of available capacity, excluding weekly sanitation, over a seven-day work schedule, providing us with significant available capacity to accommodate increased sales. We believe this available capacity across our manufacturing footprint will enable us to leverage existing fixed costs to generate higher margins on incremental organic sales or acquired brands as well as generate potential future cost savings through consolidating our manufacturing footprint. For example, in 2018 we consolidated production from our Denver, Colorado, manufacturing facility into our Goodyear, Arizona, facility, enabling us to realize cost savings and proceeds from the sale of the Colorado facility. Our manufacturing facilities are well-maintained, and we have a program to ensure appropriate maintenance capital expenditures are undertaken. We also utilize several co-manufacturers for certain products, with the most significant being our OTB branded tortilla chips as well as branded salsa and queso.
Distribution. We offer national distribution of our products through our flexible, hard-to-replicate distribution system that combines direct-to-warehouse, direct-to-store, distributor, and direct-to-consumer capabilities. We believe this hybrid system, which we have built and enhanced over nearly a century, offers us flexibility to cost-effectively distribute our products to a wide range of retail locations where salty snacks are sold. Additionally, we believe our distribution system is highly scalable, resulting in the ability to drive higher margins on incremental revenues and enabling us to realize significant cost savings when integrating acquired brands into our established platform.
We benefit from strong brand awareness and heritage in our Core Geographies, where we are the second largest provider of branded salty snacks based on retail sales. We have historically expanded our geographic reach, both organically and through acquisitions, in our Expansion and Emerging Geographies. We plan to continue to expand our distribution and sales of Power Brands in these geographies, supported by our increased brand investments, expansion of our direct-to-customer and DSD distribution capabilities, and potentially through strategic acquisitions.
Direct-to-Warehouse: For a number of our customers, we either ship products directly from our facilities to their distribution centers or allow them to pick-up products directly from our facilities. These customers are then responsible for fulfilling shipments to their own retail stores. The direct-to-warehouse (“DTW”) model is often preferred by some of our national mass, club, and grocery customers that have sufficient scale and capabilities to efficiently manage distribution and replenishment for their own retail stores.
Direct-Store-Delivery: We believe we are one of only four scale U.S. salty snack providers with extensive DSD capabilities. Within our DSD system, either independent operators (“IOs”) or Utz-employed route sales professionals (“RSPs”) pick up products from our manufacturing facilities, distribution centers, storage facilities, or small bins and distribute and sell these products to retail stores within a geographic territory. Our DSD system is utilized by both large and small customers, and we believe it provides us a competitive advantage in expanding distribution, increasing shelf space, executing in-store merchandising activities, and ensuring products are fresh and available wherever consumers shop. Our DSD network included approximately 1,850 individual routes reaching over 80,000 retail stores in 2021. Our DSD routes are managed by a combination of approximately 1,625 IOs, covering approximately 88% of our routes, and approximately 225 RSPs, covering approximately 12% of our routes as of January 2, 2022. Over the last several years, we have converted from a predominately company-owned RSP model toward the use of third-party IOs. We believe this transition benefits us by creating motivated independent owner-operators and a more variable cost structure for our company. We expect to substantially complete our ongoing transition from RSPs toward IOs during the fiscal year 2022 (See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Utz Brands Holdings - Recent Developments and Significant Items Affecting Comparability - Independent Operator Conversions” for more details).
Third Party Distributors: We also use third-party distributors in certain regions where their capabilities enhance the cost effectiveness and reach of our overall distribution system. For third-party distributors, we either ship products directly from our facilities to their distribution centers or allow them to pick up products directly from our facilities. The distributors are then responsible for selling our products to our customers and ensuring optimal retail presence within the stores they serve, utilizing both DTW and DSD capabilities. Our third-party distributors operated an additional approximately 725 DSD-style routes, reaching over 20,000 retail stores.
Direct-to-Consumer: We also distribute our products directly to consumers. Our direct-to-consumer shipments primarily originate from orders received via our company website (www.utzsnacks.com) or select third party retailer sites, including Amazon and Sam’s Club, which extend our reach to virtually every household in America. Our direct-to-consumer shipments are delivered from our central warehouse facility to consumers using FedEx, UPS, or other third-party carriers. E-Commerce represented approximately 7% of our retail sales in fiscal 2021 and is an accelerating part of our business, with the channel having grown significantly since 2019.
Food Safety and Quality. Food safety and quality are top priorities and we dedicate substantial resources to ensure that consumers receive consistently safe and high-quality food products. Our products are manufactured in facilities that have programs and controls in place regarding consistent quality and food safety. These comprehensive programs include Safe Quality Food (SQF) certifications and Good Manufacturing Practices (GMPs) that are designed to produce a safe, wholesome product. Our suppliers are required to have similarly robust processes in place and confirm their compliance for shipments of all ingredients to be used in our products. Finally, in addition to real-time product testing during production, we frequently monitor product attributes including taste, aroma, texture, and appearance, and random samples of finished goods are regularly sent to third-party laboratories for testing and verification.
Human Capital
Supporting our people is a foundational value for Utz. We believe company success depends on our ability to attract, develop, and retain key personnel whose skills, experience and industry knowledge benefit our operations and performance. The Company’s Board, Board committees, and management oversee various associate initiatives including compensation and benefits programs, succession planning, leadership development, diversity and inclusion.
Utz aims to both attract and retain a qualified workforce through an inclusive and accessible recruiting process and online platform, as well as by offering competitive wages, benefits, and training opportunities. We also support and develop our associates through company-wide training and development programs intended to build and strengthen associates’ leadership and professional skills.
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
Utz recognizes that it’s vital for our performance as a world class company to ensure dignity and respect in the workplace for all associates. By continuing to embrace the diverse perspectives and backgrounds of our associates, we will ensure that we have a workplace where every associate feels that they are valued and that they can contribute not only to our success, but theirs as well.
To ensure we are continuing to foster a work environment that values all people, Utz has partnered with a nationally recognized consulting firm to aid in the development of a comprehensive diversity, equity, and inclusion strategy. Efforts will include recruiting, training, and leadership development focus area.
Health and Safety
The safety of our team members is a top priority. We strive to provide a safe working environment by having policies, procedures, and training programs in place to ensure associates understand and meet safety guidelines. Utz and our associates are dedicated to providing a safe environment by continuously improving our Safety Culture and Performance through commitment, investment, and training.
•Associate engagement: Leading indicators are used to both encourage and measure regular safety related activities throughout the organization
•Training: Safety training relevant to each work group’s operation is distributed throughout the organization monthly, quarterly and/or annually
•Compliance: Regular audits in various formats are used to review and ensure compliance with applicable agency regulations
•Performance metrics: Traditional OSHA metrics are maintained on a quarterly and annual basis to measure actual performance and help identify continuous improvement opportunities
Total Rewards
We have a demonstrated history of investing in our workforce by providing competitive wages and benefits. Our benefits package includes:
•Comprehensive health insurance coverage to associates working 30 hours or more each week;
•Parental leave to all new parents for birth, adoption or foster placement;
•Short term disability to provide partial wage protection for up to 13 weeks;
•Employee Stock Purchase Plan;
•Wellness and disease management programs, health advocacy partner, and associates assistance programs;
•Tuition reimbursement program; and
•401(k) plan with generous company match and profit sharing.
Employee Headcount
As of January 2, 2022, we employed 3,469 full-time associates and 272 part-time associates.
Over the last several years, we have meaningfully reduced our number of full time associates and our selling, general and administrative expenses through our business transformation initiatives, particularly our DSD shift from RSPs to IOs and the associated restructuring of our sales management and corporate organization structure (see “- Supply Chain - Distribution” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Utz Brands Holdings - Recent Developments and Significant Items Affecting Comparability -Independent Operator Conversions” for more information). We expect the ongoing shift from RSPs toward IOs to be substantially completed during fiscal year 2022. Additionally, we historically have reduced associate count and operating expenses in relation to integration initiatives associated with our recent acquisitions.
Sustainability
We recognize the importance of Environmental, Social and Governance ("ESG") issues for all stakeholders. As a newly public company, we are in the early stages of building our ESG strategy and are using leading ESG and sustainability frameworks and guiding principles, such as the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB), the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the U.N. Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), as well as stakeholder engagement to inform our ESG program. In fiscal year 2022 we plan to release a summary of our preliminary ESG efforts aligned to industry-recognized ESG standards.
Cross-functional working groups and an ESG committee comprised of subject matter experts across Utz’s operations, including but not limited to, facilities management, packaging and shipping, health and safety, human resources, customer advocacy, and legal and corporate governance functions have been formed that report to the executive team and the Board. We recognize our responsibility to uphold the Company’s founding values, which for more than 100 years, have centered on working ethically, responsibly, and with integrity to benefit all of our stakeholders. We consistently look for ways to make a positive difference for our employees, customers and in the communities in which we operate. By collaborating with stakeholders, including associates, consumers, business partners, suppliers, stockholders and customers, we are taking the necessary steps to become a more sustainable company.
Intellectual Property
We own numerous domestic and foreign trademarks and other proprietary rights that are important to our business. These include the U.S. trademark registrations, which protect certain rights in the following brands: Utz, ON THE BORDER, Zapp’s, Golden Flake, Good Health, Boulder Canyon, Hawaiian, TORTIYAHS!, Tim’s Cascade, Snyder of Berlin, “Dirty”, Kitchen Cooked, Bachman, Jax, and R.W. Garcia, among others. We also recently unveiled a modernization of our well known Little Utz Girl, and procured a trademark registration for her. Depending upon the jurisdiction, trademarks are valid as long as they are used in the regular course of trade and/or their registrations are properly maintained.
We also maintain rights to the domain name www.utzsnacks.com and www.getutz.com, among others.
We believe the protection of our intellectual property, particularly our trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets, copyrights and domain names, is important to our success. We aggressively protect our intellectual property rights by, among other methods, relying on a combination of watch services and enforcement under intellectual property laws and/or through the domain name dispute resolution system.
In addition, from time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We take proactive measures in attempts to avoid infringement of third party marks by conducting trademark clearance searches and taking other industry standard measures. However, this does not prevent third parties from asserting claims against us. We have received, and may in the future continue to receive, claims from third parties asserting, among other things, infringement of their intellectual property rights. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. See “Risk Factors - Potential liabilities and costs from litigation, claims, legal or regulatory proceedings, inquiries or investigations can have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.” Moreover, future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves, our partners, and our customers by determining the scope, enforceability, and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights.
We also license certain third-party brand names for use on our products, including the TGI Friday’s and Herdez trademarks. We use these trademarks in connection with the manufacturing, production, and distribution of snack products to be sold under the trademarked labels. Under the agreements governing our use of such trademarks, we are required to make guaranteed annual royalty payments. Sales under the TGI Fridays and Herdez agreements represent approximately 3% of our 2021 invoice sales.
We also license certain of our owned brands, including Utz, for use by third parties in certain food categories (such as frozen foods); however, licensing revenues from these arrangements represent less than 1% of fiscal year 2021 Net Sales and are not material to our business or growth strategy. Finally, we have historically engaged in certain cross-marketing and/or promotional activities with third parties, thereby increasing the visibility of our brands.
Seasonality
Although the demand for our products is relatively stable throughout the year as compared to other consumer goods, we have experienced in the past, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in our retail sales as a result of consumer and customer spending patterns. Historically, the months of April-September and December have resulted in higher retail sales than average due to increased consumer demand during the spring and summer months and holiday season, as well as significant retailer merchandising and promotions around those times. Additionally, we have historically generated seasonal cash flow from decreases in working capital levels in the fourth quarter and invested cash flow in working capital increases in the first quarter. We expect these historical trends to continue in the future.
Government Regulation and Compliance
We are subject to various laws and regulations in the United States by federal, state and local government authorities. In the United States, the federal agencies governing the manufacture, distribution and advertising of our products include, among others, the FTC; the FDA; the United States Department of Agriculture, or USDA; the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and similar state and local agencies. Under various statutes, these agencies, among other things, prescribe the requirements and establish the standards for quality and safety and regulate marketing and advertising to consumers.
We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers or govern the promotion and sale of merchandise. Our operations, and those of our distributors and suppliers, also are subject to various laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and worker health and safety matters. We monitor these regulatory requirements and our compliance on a regular basis.
Available Information
Our website is www.utzsnacks.com. The information found on, or that can be accessed from or that is hyperlinked to, our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We file or furnish annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You may obtain a copy of any of these reports, free of charge, from the Investors Relations section of our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet site that also contains these reports at: www.sec.gov. In addition, copies of the Company's annual report will be made available, free of charge, on written request to the Company.

---

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. You should carefully consider the following risks as well as the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We operate in a changing environment that involves numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could materially adversely affect our operations. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. However, the selected risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects. In such a case, the trading price of our securities could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment in us.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our gross profit margins may be impacted by a variety of factors, including but not limited to variations in raw materials pricing, retail customer requirements and mix, sales velocities and required promotional support.
We expect that our gross profit as a percentage of net sales could fluctuate as a result of competition and other factors described herein. Our gross profit is impacted by a number of factors, including product pricing, the availability and cost of commodities, raw materials pricing (including ingredients and packaging), labor costs, and energy costs. Further, our gross profit margin may be impacted by shifts in the overall mix of products having a higher or lower profit margin. Should the competitive dynamic change in our industry (which could impact our margins through forces including but not limited to requiring us to alter our pricing strategy, offering a greater percentage of lower profit margin products in our overall product mix, or requiring additional promotional activity), raw materials prices increase dramatically, or any of our customer relationships or relationships with our IOs and third-party distributors change materially, then we may not be able to continue to operate at our current margins. We may be able to pass some or all raw material, energy and other input cost increases to customers, IOs and third-party distributors by increasing the selling prices of our products or decreasing the size of our products; however, higher product prices or decreased product sizes may cause us to be less competitive with our peers and result in a reduction in sales volume or consumption, or increased packaging costs. If we are not able to increase our selling prices or reduce product sizes sufficiently, or in a timely manner, to offset increased raw material, packaging, energy or other input costs, including freight, direct labor, overhead and employee benefits, or if our sales volume decreases significantly, there could be a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Consumers’ loyalty to our brands may change due to factors beyond our control, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Our business currently depends in a large part on repeat purchases by the same consumers, many of whom are based in our Core Geographies where we have acquired strong regional brands and distribution capabilities in recent years. We believe this purchasing pattern is indicative of loyalty to our brands. However, these consumers are under no obligation to continue to repeatedly purchase our products and could stop or materially reduce purchasing our products at any time. These consumers could cease purchasing our products for any number of reasons, some of which are beyond our control, including changing consumer trends, negative publicity regarding our brand, real or perceived quality or health issues with our products, a change in consumers’ perception of “better for you” brands or other specialty brands, or the availability of premium-branded or lower-priced alternative snack products, or for no reason at all. Loss of consumers’ loyalty to our brands and the resulting decreased sales to consumers could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Demand for our products may be adversely affected by changes in consumer preferences and tastes or if we are unable to innovate or market our products effectively.
We are a consumer products company operating in highly competitive markets and rely on continued demand for our products. To generate revenue and profits, we must sell products that appeal to our customers and consumers. Any significant changes in consumer preferences or any inability on our part to anticipate or react to such changes could result in reduced demand for our products and erosion of our competitive and financial position. Our success depends on our ability to respond to consumer trends, including increasing concerns of consumers regarding health and wellness, obesity, product attributes and ingredients, as demonstrated through the “better-for-you” movement in our industry. In addition, changes in product category consumption or consumer demographics could result in reduced demand for our products. Consumer preferences may shift due to a variety of factors, including the changes in social trends and activity patterns. Any of these changes may affect consumers’ willingness to purchase our products and negatively impact our financial results.
Our continued success also is dependent on product innovation, such as new flavors and formats, as well as the introduction of “better-for-you” products in response to evolving consumer preference. In order to successfully compete within our industry, we must maintain a robust pipeline of new products, and effective advertising and promotional campaigns, marketing programs and product packaging. Although we devote significant resources to meet this goal, we may not be able to continue to develop and launch successful new products or variants of existing products, or to effectively execute advertising and promotional campaigns and marketing programs.
We must expend resources to create consumer awareness, build brand loyalty and generate interest in our products. In addition, competitors may offer significant price reductions and consumers may not find our products suitably differentiated from products of our competitors.
Our ability to develop, market and sell new and existing products at an appropriate price may be hampered by unfavorable terms of sale imposed by our retail customers or, once placed, the failure to have an attractive price set for our products. Competitors, many of whom have greater resources than us, vie for the same shelf placement and may offer incentives to retail customers that we cannot match. In addition, unattractive shelf placement and pricing may put us at a disadvantage to our competitors.
Even if we do obtain shelf space or preferable shelf placement for any of our brands, our new and existing products may fail to achieve the sales expectations set by our retail customers, potentially causing these retailers to remove our products from the shelf. Additionally, an increase in the number and quality of private-label products in the product categories in which we compete could reduce available shelf space and hamper the placement for our branded products, which could adversely affect our sales.
To obtain and keep shelf placement for our products, we may need to increase our marketing and advertising spending in order to create consumer awareness, protect and grow our existing market share or to promote new products, which could impact our operating results. Despite our efforts, our marketing and advertising efforts may not be effective, and we may not be able to protect or grow our existing market share nor successfully promote new products. In addition, we consistently evaluate our product lines to determine whether or not to discontinue certain products. Discontinuing product lines may increase our profitability but could reduce our sales and hurt our brand and consumer loyalty, and a reduction in sales of certain of our products could result in a reduction in sales of other of our products. The discontinuation of product lines may have an adverse effect on our business.
Fluctuations in our results of operations from quarter to quarter because of changes in our promotional activities may impact, and may have a disproportionate effect on, our overall financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is subject to quarterly fluctuations due to the timing of, and demand for, consumer-driven promotional activities, which may have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations. Historically, we have offered a variety of sales and promotion incentives to our customers, IOs, and third-party distributors and consumers, such as price discounts, consumer coupons, volume rebates, cooperative marketing programs, slotting fees and in-store displays. In addition, our sales and promotion incentives are typically offered in connection with seasonal social events, holidays and sporting events. Our Net Sales are periodically influenced by the introduction and discontinuance of sales and promotion incentives. Reductions in overall sales and promotion incentives could impact our Net Sales and affect our results of operations in any particular fiscal quarter.
Our reputation or brand image might be impacted as a result of issues or concerns relating to the quality and safety of our products, ingredients or packaging, and other environmental, social or governance matters, which in turn could negatively impact our operating results.
In order to sell our branded products, we need to maintain a good reputation with our stakeholders, including our customers, consumers, IOs, third-party distributors, suppliers, vendors, employees and equityholders, among others. Issues related to the quality and safety of our products, ingredients or packaging could jeopardize our image and reputation. Negative publicity related to these types of concerns, or related to product contamination or product tampering, whether valid or not and which may not be in our control, could decrease demand for our products or cause production and delivery disruptions. We may need to recall products if any of our products become unfit for consumption, and we could potentially be subject to litigation or government actions, which could result in payments of fines or damages. In addition, negative publicity related to our environmental, social or governance practices could also impact our reputation with customers, consumers, IOs, third-party distributors, suppliers, vendors, employees and equityholders, among others. Costs associated with these potential actions, as well as the potential impact on our ability to sell our products, could negatively affect our operating results.
If our products become adulterated or are mislabeled, we might need to recall those items, and we may experience product liability claims and damage to our reputation.
We have in the past and we may, in the future, need to recall some of our products, including any products that we produce for other parties under a private label, if they become adulterated or if they are mislabeled due to our fault or error, or the fault or error of any of our suppliers. We may also be liable if the consumption of any of our products cause sickness or injury to consumers. A widespread product recall could result in significant losses due to the costs of a recall, the destruction of product inventory, losses due to the frustration of our contracts with third parties, and lost sales due to the unavailability of product for a period of time. We could also suffer losses from a significant adverse product liability judgment. A significant product recall or product liability claim could also result in adverse publicity, damage to our reputation, and a loss of consumer confidence in the safety or quality of our products, ingredients or packaging and consumer loyalty. We may not be sufficiently indemnified by our suppliers, or successfully recover under any such indemnification rights, in the event sickness or injury to consumers is caused by any of our supplier’s fault or error. In addition, if other companies recall or experience negative publicity related to a product in a category in which we compete, consumers might reduce their overall consumption of products in that category.
Slotting fees and customer charges or charge-backs for promotion allowances, cooperative advertising, and product or packaging damages, as well as undelivered or unsold food products may have a significant impact on our operating results and may disrupt our customer relationships.
Retailers in the grocery industry may charge slotting fees for access to shelf space and often enter into promotional and advertising arrangements with manufacturers that result in the sharing of promotional and advertising costs among the retail customer, distributor or manufacturer. As the retail grocery industry has consolidated and become more competitive, retail customers have sought greater participation by manufacturers in cooperative promotional and advertising arrangements and are more inclined to pass on unanticipated increases in promotional and advertising costs to distributors and manufacturers. Additionally, retailers are exhibiting a greater willingness to take deductions from distributors and manufacturers for damaged products, undelivered and unsold products or to return unsold products to distributors and manufacturers. If we are charged significant and unanticipated promotional allowances or advertising charges directly or indirectly by retail customers, or if we, our IOs, third-party distributors or our direct or indirect customers take substantial charge-backs or return material amounts of our products, the operating results and liquidity of our business could be harmed, perhaps substantially. Moreover, an unresolved disagreement with a retail customer concerning promotional allowances, advertising charges, charge-backs or returns could significantly disrupt or cause the termination of a customer relationship, immediately reducing our sales and liquidity. Because of the limited number of retail customers in the U.S. grocery market, the loss of even a single retail customer, a single stock-keeping unit previously maintained by a retail customer, or a customer of one of our significant IOs or third-party distributors, could have a long-term negative impact on our financial condition and Net Sales.
We do not have many contracts with our customers that require the purchase of a minimum amount of our products.
Very few of our customers provide us with firm, long-term or short-term volume purchase commitments. As a result of the absence of such contracts, we could have periods during which we have no or limited orders for our products, but we will continue to have certain fixed costs, including those to maintain our work force and other expenses that are subject to contract. We may not be able to find new customers in a timely manner to supplement periods where we experience no or limited purchase orders or recover fixed costs as a result of experiencing reduced purchase orders. Periods of no or limited purchase orders for our products could have a material adverse effect on our Net Income or cause us to incur losses. Unanticipated fluctuations in product requirements by our customers could result in fluctuations in our results from quarter to quarter.
We operate in the highly competitive snack food industry, which may reduce our ability to sell our products to our customers or consumers if we are unable to compete effectively.
The sales of most of our products are subject to significant competition due to factors including product quality and taste, brand awareness among consumers, access to shelf space at retail customers’ locations, price, advertising and promotion, innovation of on-trend snacks, variety of snacks offered, nutritional content, product packaging and package design. We compete in that market principally on the basis of product taste and quality, but also brand recognition and loyalty, price, marketing, advertising and the ability to satisfy specific consumer dietary needs against numerous multinational, regional and local companies, as well as emerging companies, primarily in the “better-for-you” product segment.
Historically our growth strategy has utilized acquisitions in the salty snack industry as a means of our growth, and we believe that acquisitions will continue to be an important component of our intended growth strategy. Additionally, as a general matter, there is continuing consolidation in the snack food industry and in retail outlets for snack foods by other market participants. Although we gain benefits from the execution of our acquisition strategy, the continuing consolidation has increased, and may continue to increase, competition over such factors as promotional discounting and other price cutting techniques. Consolidation within the snack food industry and retail outlets by others may prevent us from effectively competing if others in the industry that have greater resources than us, and retail customers or potential retail customers, enter into long-term purchase contracts or promotional arrangements. Significant consolidation by others increases the possibility that we could lose one or more major customers, lose existing product authorizations at customer locations, lose market share or shelf space, increase expenditures or reduce selling prices, which could have an adverse impact on our business or financial results.
In addition, we compete with emerging companies, primarily in the “better-for-you” product segment, some of which may provide innovative or trendier snack foods. In addition, many of these emerging companies receive investment from private equity, venture capital or other investors, who may be willing to accept lower product margins or sustained losses by such competitors, while such competitors gain market share. If such emerging companies are able to attract a loyal consumer base through more innovative or trendier snack foods, or offer their snack food products at lower prices than us, our market share and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
Substantial advertising and promotional expenditures may also be required to maintain or improve our brands’ market position or to introduce a new product to the market, and participants in our industry have been engaging with new media, including consumer outreach through social media and web-based channels. Advertising and promotional expenditures may be ineffective if consumers prioritize price over other factors and purchase lower-cost alternatives, such as private label, generic or store branded products. Our ability to compete may also be dependent on the availability of product category-appropriate snack aisles at our retail customers’ locations and whether our products are placed in the appropriate snack aisle, such as the “better-for-you” snack food aisle or in the traditional snack food aisle. An increasing focus on “better for you” products and other specialty products in the marketplace will likely increase these competitive pressures within the category in future periods.
Due to the competitive landscape in the snack food industry, price increases for our products that we initiate or failure to effectively advertise and promote our products may negatively impact our financial results if not properly implemented or accepted by our customers, IOs, third-party distributors or consumers. Future price increases, such as those made in order to offset increased input costs or other expenditures, such as advertising and promotion, may reduce our overall sales volume, which could reduce our revenue and operating profit. We may not be able to implement price increases driven by higher input costs on a timely basis or at all, either of which may reduce our operating profit. Additionally, if market prices for certain inputs decline significantly, in some instances we may be required by contract to pay customers the difference or experience customer pressure to reduce the prices for our products which could lower our revenue and operating profit. Further, if our advertising or promotional efforts do not increase brand awareness or sales of our products, our expenses may increase, and our operating profit may be reduced.
We face competition in our business from private label, generic or store branded products which may result in price point pressures, leading to decreased demand for our products.
We are subject to competition from companies, including from some of our customers, that either currently manufacture or are developing products directly in competition with our products. While we manufacture certain store-branded products for our customers under a private label, these private label, generic or store-branded products may be a less expensive option for consumers than our products, making it more difficult to sell our branded products. If our customers cease to purchase our branded products or select another third-party manufacturer for their private label products, our financial results could be adversely affected. Similarly, other large retail customers or potential customers could follow similar private-label strategies. In future years, we may experience pricing pressure from our customers due to such competition, which could have a material and adverse effect on our operating results.
Changes in retail distribution arrangements can result in the temporary loss of retail shelf space and disrupt sales of food products, causing our sales to fall.
From time to time, retailers change distribution centers that supply some of their retail stores. If a new distribution center has not previously distributed our products in that region, it may take time for a retailer’s distribution center to begin distributing new products in its region. Even if a retailer approves the distribution of products in a new region, product sales may decline while the transition in distribution takes place. If we do not get approval to have our products offered in a new distribution region or if getting this approval takes longer than anticipated, our sales and operating results may suffer.
Our direct-to-warehouse delivery network system relies on a significant number of brokers, wholesalers and logistics companies. Such reliance could affect our ability to effectively and profitably distribute and market products, maintain existing markets and expand business into other geographic markets.
Our DTW network system relies on a significant number of brokers, wholesalers and logistics companies to deliver our products to approximately 350 retailer distribution centers as of the end of our 2021 fiscal year. The ability to maintain a DTW system depends on a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Some of these factors include: (i) the level of demand for the brands and products which are available in a particular area surrounding a retailer distribution center; (ii) the ability to price products at levels competitive with those offered by competing producers and at prices that consumers will purchase our products; and (iii) our ability and the ability of third-party logistics companies to deliver products in the quantity and at the time ordered by brokers, wholesalers and retail customers. We may not be able to mitigate the risks related to all or any of these factors in any of our current or prospective geographic areas. To the extent that any of these factors have an adverse effect on our relationships with our brokers, wholesalers or third-party logistics companies, thus limiting maintenance and expansion of the sales market, our revenue and financial results may be adversely impacted.
Identifying new brokers, wholesalers or third-party logistics companies can be time-consuming and any resulting delay may be disruptive and costly to our business. Many of our agreements with our brokers, in particular, are terminable by either us or them after satisfaction of a short notice period. There also is no assurance that we will be able to maintain current distribution relationships or establish and maintain successful relationships with brokers, wholesalers or third-party logistics companies in new geographic distribution areas. We may have to incur significant expenses to attract and maintain brokers, wholesalers or third-party logistics companies in one or more geographic distribution areas. The occurrence of any of these factors could result in increased expense or a significant decrease in sales volume through the DTW system and harm our business and financial results.
Our direct-store-delivery network system and regional third-party distributor network relies on a significant number of independent operators and third-party distributors, and such reliance could affect our ability to effectively and profitably distribute and market products, maintain existing markets and expand business into other geographic markets.
Our DSD network and regional third-party distributor network rely on over 1,625 IOs and approximately 225 third-party distributors, respectively, as of the end of our 2021 fiscal year for the distribution and sale of our branded products and some private label products. In order to purchase from us an exclusive right to deliver our products to retail customers in a specific territory, IOs and third-party distributors must make a commitment of capital or obtain financing to purchase such rights and other equipment to conduct their business. Certain financing arrangements, through third-party lending institutions, are made available to IOs and require us to repurchase the rights granted to an IO in the event the IO defaults on its loan; we are then required to collect any shortfall from the IO, to the extent possible. The inability of the IOs to make timely payments on their financing arrangements could require us to make payments on such financing arrangements pursuant to any guarantee agreements we have in place with such IOs’ third-party lenders. If we are required to make payments under such guarantees upon default by our IOs of a significant amount under their financing arrangements, the aggregate amount of such payments, could have an adverse effect on our financial results.
The ability to maintain a DSD network and regional third-party distributor network depends on a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control. Some of these factors include: (i) the level of demand for the brands and products which are available in a particular distribution area; (ii) the ability to price products at levels competitive with those offered by competing producers; and (iii) the ability to deliver products in the quantity and at the time ordered by IOs or third-party distributors, and retail customers. There can be no assurance that we will be able to mitigate the risks related to all or any of these factors in any of our current or prospective geographic areas of distribution. To the extent that any of these factors have an adverse effect on our relationships with IOs third-party distributors, thus limiting maintenance and expansion of the sales market, our revenue and financial results may be adversely impacted.
In addition, we rely on third-party distributors to directly or indirectly promote and sell our products within their assigned distribution areas. We may reimburse third-party distributors for a portion of their costs and expenses incurred in connection with such promotional efforts. If third-party distributors do not efficiently promote our products, we may experience an adverse effect on our financial results.
Identifying new IOs and third-party distributors can be time-consuming and any resulting delay may be disruptive and costly to the business. There also is no assurance that we will be able to maintain current distribution relationships or establish and maintain successful relationships with IOs or third-party distributors in new geographic distribution areas. There is the possibility that we will have to incur significant expenses to attract and maintain IOs and third-party distributors in one or more geographic distribution areas. The occurrence of any of these factors could result in increased expense or a significant decrease in sales volume through the DSD network and regional third-party distributor network and harm our business and financial results.
A disruption in the operation of the DSD network, regional third-party distributor network or DTW system could negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
We believe that our development of our DSD network, regional third-party distributor network and DTW system is a significant competitive advantage. A material negative change in our relationship with our IOs, third-party distributors, brokers, wholesalers and logistics companies could materially and negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and ability to operate and conduct our business. In addition, litigation or one or more adverse rulings by courts or regulatory or governmental bodies regarding our DSD network, third-party distributor network or DTW system, including actions or decisions that could affect the independent contractor classifications of the IOs, or an adverse judgment against us for actions taken by the IOs could materially and negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and ability to operate and conduct our business.
The evolution of e-commerce sales channels may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our industry has been affected by changes to the retail landscape through sales over the Internet, including the rapid growth in sales through e-commerce websites, mobile commerce applications and subscription services as well as the integration of physical and digital operations among retailers. If we are unable to develop and maintain successful relationships with existing and new e-commerce retailers or otherwise adapt to the growing e-commerce landscape, while simultaneously maintaining relationships with our key customers, IOs and third-party distributors operating in traditional retail channels, we may be disadvantaged in certain channels and with certain customers, IOs, third-party distributors and consumers, which can adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the growth in e-commerce may result in consumer price deflation and higher direct-to-consumer costs, which may adversely affect our margins, as well as our relationships with key retail customers and our IOs and third- party distributors. If these e-commerce retailers were to take significant additional market share away from traditional retailers or we fail to adapt to the rapidly changing retail and e-commerce landscapes, including finding ways to create more powerful digital tools and capabilities for our retail customers to enable them to grow their businesses, our ability to maintain and grow our profitability, share of sales or volume, and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
The rapid expansion of hard discounters may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The growth of hard discounters, which are focused on limiting the number of items they sell and selling predominantly private label brands, may continue to reduce our ability to sell our products through such retailers. The rapid expansion of hard discounters may, among other factors, result in consumer price deflation, which may affect our relationships with key retail customers. Failure to appropriately respond to the expansion of hard discounter retailers may reduce our ability to sell our products in retail locations where consumers may be willing to purchase them, thus adversely affecting our ability to maintain or grow our share of sales or volume, and adversely affecting our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, if hard discounters were to take significant additional market share away from traditional retailers or if we fail to adapt to the rapidly changing retail landscape, our ability to maintain and grow our profitability, share of sales or volume and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
Disruption to our manufacturing operations, supply chain or distribution channels could impair our ability to produce or deliver finished products and negatively impact our operating results.
Disruption to our manufacturing operations, our supply chain or our distribution channels, including our DSD network, regional third-party distributor network and DTW system, could result from, among other factors, the following: (i) natural disaster; (ii) pandemic, or epidemic or other outbreak of disease; (iii) adverse developments in crops or other significant ingredient shortfall, due to factors such as famine or climate conditions affecting agricultural materials; (iv) fire or explosion; (v) terrorism or other acts of violence; (vi) labor strikes or other major labor disruptions; (vii) unavailability of raw or packaging materials; (viii) operational or financial instability of key suppliers, and other vendors or service providers, including our IOs, third-party distributors, brokers, wholesalers and logistics companies; (ix) government action or economic or political uncertainties or instability affecting the manufacture, distribution or sale of our products; (x) power, fuel or water shortages; (xi) unanticipated failures to comply with regulatory requirements; and (xii) changes requiring unexpected shifts in production planning which could impact our ability to meet product demand in a cost-effective manner. If we are unable, or find that it is not financially feasible, to effectively plan for or mitigate the potential impacts of such disruptive events on our manufacturing operations or supply chain, our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.
Our future results of operations may be adversely affected by input cost inflation.
Many aspects of our business have been, and may continue to be, directly affected by volatile commodity costs and other inflationary pressures. Our input costs began to increase significantly beginning in the latter part of fiscal year 2021, and we expect input cost inflation to continue into fiscal year 2022.
Commodities and ingredients are subject to price volatility which can be caused by commodity market fluctuations, crop yields, seasonal cycles, weather conditions, temperature extremes and natural disasters (including due to the effects of climate change), pest and disease problems, changes in currency exchange rates, imbalances between supply and demand, and government programs and policies among other factors. Volatile fuel costs translate into unpredictable costs for the products and services we receive from our third-party providers including, but not limited to, distribution costs for our products and packaging costs.
While we seek to offset increased input costs with a combination of price increases to our customers, purchasing strategies, cost savings initiatives and operating efficiencies, we may be unable to fully offset our increased costs or unable to do so in a timely manner. If we are unable to fully offset such cost increases, our financial results could be materially adversely affected.
Our results could be adversely impacted as a result of increased labor and employee-related expenses.
Inflationary pressures and any shortages in the labor market could increase labor costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated operating results or financial condition. Our labor costs include the cost of providing employee benefits, including health and welfare, and severance benefits. The annual costs of benefits vary with increased costs of health care and the outcome of collectively-bargained wage and benefit agreements.
Various federal and state labor laws govern our relationships with our associates and affect operating costs. These laws include employee classifications as exempt or non-exempt, minimum wage requirements, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, overtime, family leave, safety standards, payroll taxes, citizenship requirements and other wage and benefit requirements for associates classified as non-exempt. Significant additional government regulations could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
A continued shortage of qualified labor could negatively affect our business and materially reduce earnings.
We have experienced shortages of qualified labor across our operations. Participants in our supply chain have also experienced shortages of qualified labor. The future success of our operations, including the achievement of our strategic objectives, depends on our ability, and the ability of third parties on which we rely to supply and to deliver our products, to identify, recruit, develop and retain qualified and talented individuals. As a result, any shortage of qualified labor could significantly adversely affect our business. Associate recruitment, development and retention efforts that we or such third parties undertake may not be successful, which could result in a shortage of qualified individuals in future periods. Any such shortage could decrease our ability to effectively produce and deliver product and to achieve our strategic objectives. Such a shortage would also likely lead to higher wages for associates (or higher costs to purchase the services of such third parties) and a corresponding reduction in our results of operations. In the current operating environment, we are experiencing a shortage of qualified labor in certain geographies, particularly hourly workers, resulting in increased costs from certain temporary wage actions, such as hiring and referral and retention bonus program. A continuation of such shortages for a prolonged period of time could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
The loss of, or a significant reduction in sales to, any key customer can adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our customers include wholesale and other distributors, grocery stores, convenience and drug stores, discount stores, mass merchandisers, membership club stores, hard discounters, and specialty and e-commerce retailers, among others. We must maintain mutually beneficial relationships with our key customers to compete effectively. Any inability to resolve a significant dispute with any of our key customers, a change in the business condition (financial or otherwise) of any of our key customers, even if unrelated to us, a significant reduction in sales to any key customer, or the loss of any of our key customers can adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected by increased costs, disruption of supply or shortages of raw materials, energy, water and other supplies.
We and our business partners use various raw materials, energy, water and other supplies in our business. Our supply chain, including our raw materials and other supplies, may be disrupted by unfavorable economic conditions and other disruptions to free and open trade of materials used in our products. In addition, some of our raw materials and other supplies are available from a limited number of suppliers or a sole supplier or are in short supply when seasonal demand is at its peak. We may not be able to maintain favorable arrangements and relationships with our suppliers and our contingency plans, including development of ingredients, materials or supplies to replace ingredients, materials or supplies sourced from such suppliers, may not be effective in preventing disruptions that may arise from shortages or discontinuation of any ingredient that is sourced from such suppliers. In addition, increasing focus on climate change, deforestation, water conservation, animal welfare and human rights concerns and other risks associated with the global food system may lead to increased activism focusing on consumer goods companies, governmental intervention and consumer response, and could adversely affect our or our suppliers’ reputation and business and our ability to procure the materials we need to operate our business.
The raw materials and energy, including electricity, fuel and natural gas, that we use for the manufacturing, production and distribution of our products are largely commodities that are subject to price volatility and fluctuations in availability caused by many factors, including changes in global supply and demand, weather conditions (including any potential effects of climate change), fire, natural disasters, disease or pests, agricultural uncertainty, pandemics, epidemics or other outbreak of disease, governmental incentives and controls (including import/export restrictions, such as new or increased tariffs, sanctions, quotas or trade barriers), limited or sole sources of supply, political uncertainties, acts of terrorism, governmental instability or currency exchange rates.
Shortage of some of these raw materials and other supplies, sustained interruption in their supply or an increase in their costs could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Many of our ingredients, raw materials and commodities are purchased in the open market. The prices we pay for such items are subject to fluctuation, and we manage this risk through the use of fixed-price contracts and purchase orders (including buying forward at contracted prices for delivery of such supply within a period of up to a year), pricing agreements and derivative instruments, including options and futures. If commodity price changes result in unexpected or significant increases in raw materials and energy costs, we may be unwilling or unable to increase our product prices or unable to effectively hedge against commodity price increases to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volume, revenue, margins and operating results. In addition, certain of the derivatives used to hedge price risk do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and, therefore, can result in increased volatility in our net earnings in any given period due to changes in the spot or market prices of the underlying commodities.
Water is a limited resource in many parts of the world. The lack of available water of acceptable quality and increasing pressure to conserve water in areas of scarcity and stress may lead to supply chain disruption; adverse effects on our operations; higher compliance costs; capital expenditures (including additional investments in the development of technologies to enhance water efficiency and reduce water consumption); higher production costs; the cessation of operations at, or relocation of, our facilities or the facilities of our suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, joint venture partners or other third parties; or damage to our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We rely on local government and municipal agencies to provide several resources, including water, electricity and natural gas, in such quantities and of such quality to be of use as inputs for our products. These local government and municipal agencies are subject to various regulations and political pressures from numerous stakeholders, which may cause them to conserve resources or fail to protect the quality of these resources, at times when we rely on them to timely deliver our products to our customers. If these agencies are unable or unwilling to deliver resources of a suitable quantity or quality we may not be able to deliver products in the quantity and at the time ordered by our customers, IOs, third-party distributors, brokers, wholesalers and retail customers, which may have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations.
Pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks, such as COVID-19, may change or disrupt consumption and trade patterns, supply chains, and production processes, which could materially affect our operations and results of operations.
Pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks, such as COVID-19, could significantly change consumption patterns for our products. These changes could force us to rapidly adapt to those new patterns, and, if we do not, our business could be materially and adversely affected. Additionally, pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks, may depress or otherwise impact demand for our products because quarantines may inhibit consumption or as the result of other factors. Restrictions on public gatherings or interactions may also limit the opportunity for our customers and consumers to purchase our products, especially in certain of our sales channels, such as food service. Any economic downturn caused by any pandemic, epidemic or other disease outbreak may also cause substantial changes in consumer behavior, some of which we may not be able to predict with certainty, including:
•A shift in consumer preference toward private label products and changes in consumer behavior to retail outlets that do not sell any, or a significant portion, of our products, such as hard discounters. See “- Our performance may be impacted by general economic conditions or an economic downturn.”
•Rapid growth in sales through e-commerce websites, mobile commerce applications and subscription services, which is a channel through which we may not be able to effectively compete. See “- The evolution of e-commerce sales channels may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.”
The spread of pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks may also disrupt logistics necessary to distribute products to us or our customers. Ports and other channels of entry may be closed or operate at only a portion of capacity, as workers may be prohibited or otherwise unable to report to work and means of transporting products within regions may be limited for the same reason.
Our operations, or those of suppliers and other members of our supply chain, or IOs, third-party distributors and other participants in our distribution channels may become limited in their ability to procure, distribute, or produce our products because of transport restrictions related to quarantines or travel bans.
Workforce limitations and travel restrictions resulting from pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks and related government actions may impact many aspects of our business. If a significant percentage of our workforce is unable to work, including because of catastrophes, illness, travel or government restrictions in connection with pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks, our operations may be negatively impacted.
We have developed, and periodically update, our contingency plans to address disruptions such as pandemics, epidemics and other disease outbreaks, or similar disruption in our operations. If in the event of such a disruption our contingency plans are partially, or entirely, ineffective our operations and results of operations could be materially and adversely harmed.
The recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic and the current economic climate is increasing labor costs, commodity costs and logistical costs which has adversely affected our business operations and results of operations and may continue to do so in the future. Our efforts to raise prices may not be successful at offsetting these cost increases and may have other adverse effects.
We have experienced operational challenges to our production facilities and logistics networks, shortage of labor and impacts from increases in prices of packaging materials and commodities, all of which are increasing costs company-wide.
In response to these inflationary costs, we began to notify our customers of our plans to institute price increases for our products. We cannot assure you that these price increases will be accepted by our customers without significant loss of sales or will reverse the margin compression experienced during the pandemic. If compressed gross profits continue or if we experience a loss of sales due to price increases, we may not be able to undertake future initiatives to drive growth.
Our financial position may be adversely affected by an unexpected event carrying an insurance obligation for which we have inadequate coverage.
We are primarily self-insured, up to certain limits, for employee group health claims. We purchase stop-loss insurance, which will reimburse us for individual and aggregate claims in excess of certain annual established limits. We are also primarily self-insured through large deductible insurance plans for automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation. We have utilized a number of different insurance vehicles and programs for these insurable risks and recognizes expenses and reserves in accordance with the provisions of each insurance vehicle/program. We believe that our insurance coverage is customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not commercially reasonable to insure. These losses, should they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the cost of insurance fluctuates based upon our historical trends, market conditions, and availability.
We estimate the liabilities and required reserves associated with the risks we retain. Any such estimates and actuarial projection of losses is subject to a considerable degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are changes in benefit levels, medical fee schedules, medical utilization guidelines, severity of injuries and accidents, vocation, rehabilitation and apportionment and unpredictable external factors affecting inflation rates, discount rates, rising healthcare costs, litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes, actual claim settlement patterns, and pandemics, epidemics and other disease outbreaks. If actual losses incurred are greater than those anticipated, our reserves may be insufficient and additional costs could be recorded in our consolidated financial statements. If we suffer a substantial loss that exceeds our self-insurance reserves, and any excess insurance coverage, the loss and attendant expenses could harm our business, financial condition, or results of operations. We have purchased stop-loss coverage from third parties for certain employee healthcare plans, which limits our exposure above the amounts we have self-insured.
In addition, while we currently maintain insurance coverage that is intended to address certain costs associated with aspects of our business, this insurance coverage, to the extent we utilize it, may not, depending on the specific facts and circumstances surrounding an incident, may be insufficient to cover the actual losses or the types of claims that arise from an incident, or the damage to our reputation or brands that may result from an incident.
Changes in the legal and regulatory environment could limit our business activities, increase our operating costs, reduce demand for our products or result in litigation.
The conduct of our businesses, including the procurement, production, storage, distribution, sale, display, advertising, marketing, labeling, health and safety practices, transportation and use of many of our products, are subject to various laws and regulations administered by federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States, as well as to laws and regulations administered by government entities and agencies outside the United States in markets in which our products or components thereof (such as packaging) may be made, manufactured or sold. These laws and regulations and interpretations thereof may change, sometimes dramatically, as a result of a variety of factors, including political, economic or social events. Such changes may include changes in:
•Food and drug laws (including U.S. Food and Drug Administration regulations and other applicable regulations);
•Laws related to product labeling, including but not limited to California’s Proposition 65;
•Advertising and marketing laws and practices;
•Laws and programs restricting the sale and advertising of certain of our products;
•Laws and programs aimed at reducing, restricting or eliminating ingredients present in certain of our products;
•Laws and programs aimed at discouraging the consumption of products or ingredients or altering the package or portion size of certain of our products;
•Increased regulatory scrutiny of, and increased litigation involving, product claims and concerns regarding the effects on consumers’ health from ingredients in, or attributes of, certain of our products;
•Farming and environmental laws;
•Taxation requirements, including the imposition or proposed imposition of new or increased taxes or other limitations on the sale of our products;
•State consumer protection and disclosure laws;
•Anti-corruption laws;
•Laws regulating transportation, including the use of motor vehicles;
•Employment and labor laws, including laws regulating employee or independent contractor classification;
•Privacy laws;
•Export control laws;
•Laws regulating the price we may charge for our products; and
•Competition or antitrust laws.
New laws, regulations or governmental policy and their related interpretations, or changes in any of the foregoing, including taxes or other limitations on the sale of our products, ingredients contained in our products or commodities used in the production of our products, may alter the environment in which we do business and, therefore, may impact our operating results or increase our costs or liabilities.
As a food manufacturing company, all of our products must be compliant with regulations by, among others, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), and the laws of the various states and localities where we operate and sell products (“Local Laws”). In addition a number of our products rely on independent certification that they are non-GMO, gluten-free, organic or Kosher. Any non-compliance with the FDA, or USDA, or the loss of any such certification could harm our business.
We must comply with various FDA, FTC and USDA rules and regulations and Local Laws, including those regarding product manufacturing, food safety, required testing and appropriate labeling of our products. It is possible that FDA, FTC and USDA regulations thereof may change over time. As such, there is a risk that our products could become non-compliant with the applicable regulations and any such non-compliance could harm our business. In addition, we rely on independent certification of our non-GMO, organic, gluten-free and Kosher products and must comply with the requirements of independent organizations or certification authorities in order to label our products as such. Currently, the FDA does not directly regulate the labeling of Kosher or non-GMO products as such. The FDA has defined the term “gluten-free” and we must comply with the FDA’s definition if we include this label on our products. Our products could lose their non-GMO and gluten-free certifications if our raw material suppliers lose their product certifications for those specified claims. We could also lose our Kosher product certification if our production facility or a contract manufacturing plant is found to be in violation of required manufacturing or cleaning processes. The loss of any of these independent certifications, including for reasons outside of our control, could harm our business.
We also must comply with state rules and regulations, including Proposition 65 in California, which requires a specific warning on or relating to any product that contains a substance listed by the State of California as having been found to cause cancer or birth defects or other reproductive harm, unless the level of such substance in the product is below a safe harbor level established by the State of California. Interpretation and application of such rules, including potential differences in application on a state by state basis, may give rise to uncertainty as to the appropriate labeling and formulation of our products. In addition, the FDA has adopted labeling guidelines that will affect the labeling of both the front and back of many of our products. We are continually reviewing and revising our labeling activities in advance of new or changed requirements in anticipation of any rules coming into effect and in response to industry litigation trends. The imposition or proposed imposition of additional product labeling or warning requirements may reduce overall consumption of our products, lead to negative publicity (whether based on scientific fact or not) or leave consumers with the perception (whether or not valid) that our products do not meet their health and wellness needs, resulting in adverse effects on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our future results of operations may be adversely affected by the availability of ingredients.
Our ability to ensure a continuing supply of ingredients at competitive prices depends on many factors beyond our control, such as, climate conditions, increased demand for ingredients by our competitors, changes in national and world economic conditions, currency fluctuations and forecasting adequate need of seasonal ingredients.
The ingredients that we use in the production of our products (including, among others, fruits, vegetables, nuts and grains) are vulnerable to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters, such as floods, droughts, water scarcity, temperature extremes, frosts, earthquakes and pestilences. Natural disasters and adverse weather conditions can lower crop yields and reduce crop size and crop quality, which in turn could reduce our supplies of ingredients or increase the prices of ingredients. Such natural disasters and adverse weather conditions can be caused or exacerbated by climate change, and the spate of recent extreme weather events, including the current drought conditions in the Western United States, the extreme cold, snow and ice experienced in Texas in February 2021 and the heat wave in the Pacific Northwest in June 2021, presents an alarming trend. If our supplies of ingredients are reduced, we may not be able to find enough supplemental supply sources on favorable terms, if at all, which could impact our ability to supply products to our customers and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We also compete with other manufacturers in the procurement of product ingredients, which may be less plentiful in the open market than conventional product ingredients. This competition may increase in the future if consumer demand for products increases. This could cause our expenses to increase or could limit the amount of products that we can manufacture and sell.
Potential liabilities and costs from litigation, claims, legal or regulatory proceedings, inquiries or investigations can have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We and our subsidiaries are party to a variety of litigation, claims, legal or regulatory proceedings, inquiries and investigations, including but not limited to matters related to our advertising, marketing or commercial practices; product labels, the difference between the actual capacity of a container and the volume of product contained in such container (which is referred to as “slack fill”), claims and ingredients; our intellectual property rights; environmental, privacy, employment, tax and insurance matters; and matters relating to our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. We evaluate such matters to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses and establish reserves as we deem appropriate. These matters are inherently uncertain and there is no guarantee that we will be successful in defending ourselves in these matters, or that our assessment of the materiality of these matters and the likely outcome or potential losses and established reserves will be consistent with the ultimate outcome of such matters. In the event that management’s assessment of actual or potential claims and proceedings proves inaccurate or litigation, claims, proceedings, inquiries or investigations that are material arise in the future, there may be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Responding to litigation, claims, proceedings, inquiries, and investigations, even those that are ultimately non-meritorious, requires us to incur significant expense and devote significant resources, including the time and attention of our management, and may generate adverse publicity that damages our reputation or brand image, resulting in an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We may be unable to successfully identify and execute or integrate acquisitions.
In December 2017, October 2019, December 2020, January 2021, May 2021, and November 2021 we acquired Inventure Foods, Kennedy, the DSD snacks business of Conagra Brands, Inc., Truco, Vitner's, Festida, and RW Garcia, respectively. In addition, we have periodically acquired other businesses or business assets and we plan to selectively pursue acquisitions in the future to continue to grow and increase our profitability. Our acquisition strategy is based on identifying and acquiring brands with products that complement our existing products and identifying and acquiring brands in new categories and in new geographies for purposes of expanding our platform of snack foods. Although we regularly evaluate multiple acquisition candidates, we cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully identify suitable acquisition candidates, negotiate acquisitions of identified candidates on terms acceptable to us, or integrate acquisitions that we complete.
Our acquisition strategy involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including intense competition for suitable acquisition targets, which could increase valuations or adversely affect our ability to consummate deals on favorable or acceptable terms, the potential unavailability of financial resources necessary to consummate acquisitions in the future, the risk that we improperly value and price a target, the inability to identify all of the risks and liabilities inherent in a target company notwithstanding our due diligence efforts, the diversion of management’s attention from the operations of our business and strain on our existing personnel, increased leverage due to additional debt financing that may be required to complete an acquisition, dilution of our stockholder’s net current book value per share if we issue additional equity securities to finance an acquisition, difficulties in identifying suitable acquisition targets or in completing any transactions identified on sufficiently favorable terms and the need to obtain regulatory or other governmental approvals that may be necessary to complete acquisitions.
In addition, any future acquisitions may pose risks associated with entry into new geographic markets, including outside the United States, distribution channels, lines of business or product categories, where we may not have significant or any prior experience and where we may not be as successful or profitable as we are in businesses and geographic regions where we have greater familiarity and brand recognition. Potential acquisitions may also entail significant transaction costs and require a significant amount of management time, even where we are unable to consummate or decide not to pursue a particular transaction.
In addition, even when acquisitions, such as the acquisition of Inventure Foods, Kennedy, Truco, Vitner's, Festida, and RW Garcia, are completed, integration of acquired entities and business lines can involve significant difficulties, such as failure to achieve financial or operating objectives with respect to an acquisition, strain on our personnel, systems and operational and managerial controls and procedures, the need to modify systems or to add management resources, difficulties in the integration and retention of customers or personnel and the integration and effective deployment of operations or technologies, amortization of acquired assets (which would reduce future reported earnings), possible adverse short-term effects on cash flows or operating results, diversion of management’s attention from the operations of our business, integrating personnel with diverse backgrounds and organizational cultures, coordinating sales and marketing functions and failure to obtain and retain key personnel of an acquired business. Failure to manage these acquisition growth risks could have an adverse effect on us.
The geographic concentration of our markets may adversely impact us if we are unable to effectively diversify the markets in which we participate.
Our legacy business has been heavily concentrated in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States. In recent years, however, through a series of acquisitions, we have expanded our geographic footprint to include locations across the United States. This expansion, however, is relatively recent and we remain subject to the risks associated with entry into new geographic markets, including failure to achieve financial or operating objectives with respect to the newly expanded regions. See “- We may be unable to successfully identify and execute or integrate acquisitions” for a summary of risks associated with our geographic expansion and acquisition strategy. Further, it is possible that the failure to effectively integrate acquired companies based in new geographic markets may frustrate our goal of diversifying our geographic presence, following which we may remain vulnerable to the financial risks associated with the lack of diversity.
We may not be able to attract and retain the highly skilled people we need to support our business.
We depend on the skills and continued service of key personnel, including our experienced management team. In addition, our ability to achieve our strategic and operating goals depends on our ability to identify, hire, train and retain qualified individuals. We also compete with other companies both within and outside of our industry for talented personnel, and we may lose key personnel or fail to attract, train and retain other talented personnel. Any such loss or failure may adversely affect our business or financial results. We may also lose the service of key personnel and significant portions of our workforce for extended periods of time due to pandemics, epidemics or other disease outbreaks.
Our ability to be successful following the Business Combination is also dependent upon the efforts of the board of directors of the Company (the “Company Board”) and key personnel to operate a public company. We cannot assure you that the Company Board and our key personnel will be effective or successful or remain with us. In addition to the other challenges they will face, following the Business Combination such individuals may be unfamiliar with certain requirements of operating a public company, which could cause our management to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such requirements.
Activities related to identifying, recruiting, hiring and integrating qualified individuals may require significant time and expense. We may not be able to locate suitable replacements for any members of the Company Board or key personnel who leave or suffer extended illness or disability, or offer employment to potential replacements on reasonable terms, each of which may adversely affect our business and financial results.
A portion of our workforce is represented by unions. Failure to successfully negotiate collective bargaining agreements, or strikes or work stoppages, could cause our business to suffer.
Some of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and other employees may seek to be covered by collective bargaining agreements. Strikes or work stoppages or other business interruptions could occur if we are unable to renew these agreements on satisfactory terms or enter into new agreements on satisfactory terms or if we are unable to otherwise manage changes in, or that affect, our workforce, which could impair manufacturing and distribution of our products or result in a loss of sales, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations. The terms and conditions of existing, renegotiated or new collective bargaining agreements could also increase our costs or otherwise affect our ability to fully implement future operational changes to enhance our efficiency or to adapt to changing business needs or strategy.
We license certain trademarks to sell branded specialty products under popular household names, such as T.G.I. Friday’s®, which may require us to pay minimum annual royalty payments to the licensor.
We license trademarks, which permit us to sell branded specialty products under popular household names. The terms of the license agreements typically include an obligation for us to pay a minimum annual royalty to the licensor. If we are unable to sell enough branded specialty products to exceed the minimum amount, we would be obligated to still pay the minimum annual royalty payments. If we are unable or unwilling to pay the minimum annual royalty payment, the licensor may be able to enforce the license agreement against us, and potentially terminate the license, which could have an adverse effect on our revenues and our results of operations.
We may not be successful in implementing our growth strategy, including without limitation, increasing distribution of our products, attracting new consumers to our brands, driving repeat purchase of our products, enhancing our brand recognition, and introducing new products and product extensions, in each case in a cost-effective manner, on a timely basis, or at all.
Our future success depends in large part on our ability to implement our growth strategy, including without limitation, increasing distribution of our products, attracting new consumers to our brands, driving repeat purchase of our products, enhancing our brand recognition and introducing new products and product extensions. Our ability to implement our growth strategy depends, among other things, on our ability to develop new products, identify and acquire additional product lines and businesses, secure shelf space from retail customers, increase customer and consumer awareness of our brands, enter into distribution and other strategic arrangements with third-party retailers and other potential distributors of our products and compete with numerous other companies and products. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully implement our growth strategy and continue to maintain growth in our sales. If we fail to implement our growth strategy, our sales and profitability may be adversely affected.
Our continued success depends, to a large extent, on our ability to successfully and cost-effectively develop and innovate our product offerings in response to changing consumer preferences and trends with respect to forms, flavors, textures and ingredients. As such, the level of new product innovation and the speed to market with these innovations are critical components of our business. The development and introduction of new products requires substantial research and development and marketing expenditures, which we may be unable to recover if the new products do not achieve commercial success and gain widespread market acceptance. Such failures may arise if our new products do not reach the market in a timely manner or fail to align with consumer tastes, which may occur for many reasons, including our non-exclusive collaboration with third-party seasoning and flavor houses. Product innovation may also result in increased costs resulting from the use of new manufacturing techniques, capital equipment expenditures, new raw materials and ingredients, new product formulas and possibly new manufacturers. There may also be regulatory restrictions on the production and advertising of our new products, and our new products may cannibalize sales of our existing products. In addition, under-performance of new product launches may damage overall brand credibility with customers and consumers. Further, new products may not achieve success in the marketplace, due to lack of demand, failure to meet consumer tastes or otherwise. If we are unsuccessful in our product innovation efforts and demand for our products declines, our business would be negatively affected.
Impairment in the carrying value of goodwill or other intangible assets could have an adverse impact on our financial results.
The net carrying value of goodwill represents the fair value of acquired businesses in excess of identifiable assets and liabilities, and the net carrying value of other intangibles represents the fair value of trademarks, customer relationships, route intangibles and other acquired intangibles. Pursuant to U.S. GAAP, we are required to perform impairment tests on our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets annually, or at any time when events occur, which could impact the value of our reporting unit or our indefinite-lived intangibles. These values depend on a variety of factors, including the success of our business, market conditions, earnings growth and expected cash flows. Impairments to goodwill and other intangible assets may be caused by factors outside our control, such as increasing competitive pricing pressures, changes in discount rates based on changes in cost of capital or lower than expected sales and profit growth rates. In addition, if we see the need to consolidate certain brands, we could experience impairment of our trademark intangible assets. During fiscal 2019, we recognized impairment charges of $3.8 million for trade name intangible brand assets. There were no adjustments for impairments recorded in 2021 or 2020. Significant and unanticipated changes in our business could require additional non-cash charges for impairment in a future period which may significantly affect our financial results in the period of such charge.
Our performance may be impacted by general economic conditions or an economic downturn.
An overall decline in economic activity could adversely impact our business and financial results. Economic uncertainty may reduce consumer spending as consumers make decisions on what to include in their food budgets. This could also result in a shift in consumer preference toward private label products and changes in consumer behavior to retail outlets that do not sell any, or a significant portion, of our products, such as hard discounters. Shifts in consumer spending could result in increased pressure from competitors or customers that may require us to increase promotional spending or reduce the prices of some of our products, or limit our ability to increase or maintain prices, which could lower our revenue and profitability.
Instability in financial markets may impact our ability, or increase the cost, to enter into new credit agreements in the future. Additionally, it may weaken the ability of our customers, suppliers, IOs, third- party distributors, banks, insurance companies and other business partners to perform their obligations in the normal course of business, which could expose us to losses or disrupt the supply of inputs we rely upon to conduct our business. If one or more of our key business partners fail to perform as expected or contracted for any reason, our business could be negatively impacted.
Disruptions in the worldwide economy may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Adverse and uncertain economic conditions, such as those caused by COVID-19, may affect distributor, retailer and consumer demand for our products. In addition, our ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, retailers, consumers and creditors may suffer. Consumers may shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived value offerings during economic downturns, making it more difficult to sell our premium products. Due to the relative costs of our products, during economic downturns, it may be more difficult to convince consumers to switch to or continue to use our brands or convince new users to choose our brands without expensive sampling programs and price promotions. In particular, consumers may reduce their purchases of products without GMOs, gluten or preservatives when there are conventional offerings of similar products, which generally have lower retail prices. In addition, consumers may choose to purchase private-label products rather than branded products because they are generally less expensive. Distributors and retailers may become more conservative in their ordering in response to these conditions and seek to reduce their inventories. Our results of operations depend on, among other things, our ability to maintain and increase sales volume with our existing distributors and retailers, to attract new consumers and to provide products that appeal to consumers at prices they are willing and able to pay. Prolonged unfavorable economic conditions may have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.
Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products and brands.
We consider our intellectual property rights, particularly our trademarks, to be a significant and valuable aspect of our business. We protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of trademark, trade dress, patent, copyright and trade secret protection, contractual agreements and policing of third-party misuses of our intellectual property. Our failure to obtain or adequately protect our intellectual property or any change in law that lessens or removes the current legal protections of our intellectual property may diminish our competitiveness and adversely affect our business and financial results.
Competing intellectual property claims that impact our brands or products may arise unexpectedly. Any litigation or disputes regarding intellectual property may be costly and time-consuming and may divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. We also may be subject to significant damages or injunctions against development, launch and sale of certain products. Any of these occurrences may harm our business and financial results.
Disruptions, failures or security breaches of our information technology infrastructure could have a negative impact on our operations.
Information technology is critically important to our business operations. We use information technology to manage all business processes including manufacturing, financial, logistics, sales, marketing and administrative functions. These processes collect, interpret and distribute business data and facilitate communication internally and externally with employees, suppliers, customers and others.
We are, or may become, the target of attempted cyber and other security threats. Therefore, we continuously monitor and update our information technology networks and infrastructure to prevent, detect, address and mitigate the risk of unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses and other events that could have a security impact. We invest in industry standard security technology to protect our data and business processes against risk of data security breach and cyber-attack. Our data security management program includes identity, trust, vulnerability and threat management business processes as well as adoption of standard data protection policies. We measure our data security effectiveness through industry accepted methods and remediate significant findings. We maintain and routinely test backup systems and disaster recovery, along with external network security penetration testing by an independent third party as part of our business continuity preparedness. We also have processes in place to prevent disruptions resulting from the implementation of new software and systems of the latest technology.
While we have previously been subject to cyber-attacks and other security breaches, these incidents did not have a significant impact on our business operations. We believe our security technology tools and processes provide adequate measures of protection against security breaches and reduce cybersecurity risks. Nevertheless, despite continued vigilance in these areas, disruptions in or failures of information technology systems are possible and could have a negative impact on our operations or business reputation. Failure of our systems, including failures due to cyber-attacks that would prevent the ability of systems to function as intended, could cause transaction errors, loss of customers and sales, and could have negative consequences to our company, our employees and those with whom we do business. This in turn could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the cost to remediate any damages to our information technology systems suffered as a result of a cyber-attack could be significant.
Improper use or misuse of social media may have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.
In recent years we have expanded our consumer outreach and communications through use of various social media platforms. However, misuse of social media platforms by individuals, customers, consumers, competitors, or employees may result in unfavorable media attention which could negatively affect our business. Further, our competitors are increasingly using social media platforms to market and advertise products. If we are unable to adequately develop and deploy social media accounts on such platforms it could adversely affect our financial results.
Climate change or legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change may negatively affect our business and operations or damage our reputation.
There is concern that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere have an adverse impact on global temperatures, weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. In the event that such climate change has a negative effect on agricultural productivity, we may be subject to decreased availability or less favorable pricing for certain commodities that are necessary for our products, such as potatoes, oil, flour, wheat, corn, cheese, spices, seasonings and packaging materials. Natural disasters and extreme weather conditions, such as a severe drought, hurricane, tornado, earthquake, wildfire or flooding, may disrupt the productivity of our facilities or the operation of our supply chain and unfavorably impact the demand for, or our consumers’ ability to purchase, our products.
Concern over climate change may result in new or increased regional, federal or global legal and regulatory requirements to reduce or mitigate the effects of greenhouse gases. In the event that such regulation is more stringent than current regulatory obligations or the measures that we are currently undertaking to monitor and improve our energy efficiency, we may experience disruptions in, or significant increases in our costs of, operation and delivery and be required to make additional investments in facilities and equipment or relocate our facilities. In particular, increasing regulation of fuel emissions can substantially increase the cost of energy, including fuel, required to operate our facilities’ production lines, or transport and distribute our products, thereby substantially increasing the distribution and supply chain costs associated with our products. As a result, the effects of climate change can negatively affect our business and operations.
In addition, any failure to achieve our goals with respect to reducing our impact on the environment or perception (whether or not valid) of our failure to act responsibly with respect to the environment or to effectively respond to new, or changes in, legal or regulatory requirements concerning climate change can lead to adverse publicity, resulting in an adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition or results of operations.
There is also increased focus, including by governmental and non-governmental organizations, investors, customers and consumers on these and other environmental sustainability matters, including deforestation, land use, climate impact and recyclability or recoverability of packaging, including plastic. Our reputation can be damaged if we or others in our industry do not act, or are perceived not to act, responsibly with respect to our impact on the environment.
Liabilities, claims or new laws or regulations with respect to environmental matters could have a significant negative impact on our business.
As with other companies engaged in similar businesses, the nature of our operations exposes us to the risk of liabilities and claims with respect to environmental matters, including those relating to the disposal and release of hazardous substances. Furthermore, our operations are governed by laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which, among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous chemicals in the workplace. Any material costs incurred in connection with such liabilities or claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The increasing global focus on climate change and the need for corporate change may lead to new environmental laws and regulations that impact our business. Any such laws or regulations enacted in the future, or any changes in how existing laws or regulations will be enforced, administered or interpreted, may lead to an increase in compliance costs, cause us to change the way we operate or expose us to additional risk of liabilities and claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to increasing focus on Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) issues, including those related to climate change.
As climate change, land use, water use, deforestation, recyclability or recoverability of packaging, plastic waste, ingredients and other ESG and sustainability concerns become more prevalent, federal, state and local governments, non-governmental organizations and our customers, consumers and investors are increasingly sensitive to these issues. This increased focus on sustainability may result in new laws, regulations and requirements that could cause disruptions in or increased costs associated with developing, manufacturing and distributing our products. We could also lose revenue if our consumers change brands, our customers refuse to buy our products, or investors choose not to invest in our common stock if we do not meet their ESG and sustainability expectations. For example, during 2021, some of our major customers requested we respond to various questionnaires to evaluate our ESG efforts. Efforts to meet these standards could impact our costs, and failure to meet our customers’ expectations could impact our sales and business reputation. While we strive to minimize the environmental impact of our global operations, we may experience reduced demand for our products and loss of customers if we do not meet their ESG expectations, which could result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our debt instruments contain covenants that impose restrictions on our operations that may adversely affect our ability to operate our business if we fail to meet those covenants or otherwise suffer a default thereunder.
Our debt instruments require us to comply with certain covenants and terms which may limit our ability to enter into new acquisitions, licenses, mergers, and to take on new debt and sell assets. The terms of our debt instruments could adversely affect our operations and limit our ability to plan for or respond to changes in our business. These and other terms in the debt instruments have to be monitored closely for compliance and could restrict our ability to grow our business or enter into transactions that we believe will be beneficial to our business. If we are unable to comply with covenants in the agreements, commitments by the lenders thereunder may be terminated and the repayment of our indebtedness may be accelerated.
Changes in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings and/or cash flows.
Our term loan and asset based revolving credit facility bear interest at variable interest rates that use the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) as a benchmark rate. On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR quotations after 2021 (the “FCA Announcement”). The FCA Announcement, as updated by more recent pronouncements, indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be assured after 2023, and LIBOR may cease to exist or otherwise be unsuitable for use as a benchmark. Recent proposals for LIBOR reforms may result in the establishment of new methods of calculating LIBOR or the establishment of one or more alternative benchmark rates. Although our credit agreement provides for successor base rates, the successor base rates may be related to LIBOR, and the consequences of any potential cessation, modification or other reform of LIBOR cannot be predicted at this time. We work to reduce our exposure to LIBOR through swap contracts which effectively fix a portion of our variable-rate interest payments. If LIBOR ceases to exist, we may need to amend our credit agreement and swap contracts. As a result, our interest expense may increase, and our available cash flow may be adversely affected.
Increases in income tax rates, changes in income tax laws or disagreements with tax authorities can adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Increases in income tax rates or other changes in income tax laws in the United States or any particular jurisdiction in which we operate can reduce our after-tax income from such jurisdiction and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. An increase in tax rates would also cause a corresponding increase in the Company’s Tax Receivable Agreement (“TRA”) liability as the Company is obligated to share 85% of the cash tax savings that are attributable to its increased tax basis in the UBH partnership assets per the Business Combination, future exchanges of UBH units for UBI stock by the Continuing Members, and annual TRA Payments, as well as the tax basis step-up that occurred in connection with the Kennedy Acquisition. Existing tax laws in the United States have been and could in the future be subject to significant change. For example, in December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJ Act”), was signed into law in the United States. While our accounting for the recorded impact of the TCJ Act is deemed to be complete, these amounts are based on prevailing regulations and currently available information, and additional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), may continue to impact our recorded amounts in future periods. Additional changes in the United States tax regime, including changes in how existing tax laws are interpreted or enforced, can adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are also subject to regular reviews, examinations and audits by the IRS and other taxing authorities with respect to income and non-income-based taxes. Economic and political pressures to increase tax revenues in jurisdictions in which we operate, or the adoption of new or reformed tax legislation or regulation, may make resolving tax disputes more difficult and the final resolution of tax audits and any related litigation can differ from our historical provisions and accruals, resulting in an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Complications with the design or implementation of our new enterprise resource planning system could adversely impact our business and operations.
We rely extensively on information systems and technology to manage our business and summarize operating results. During 2021 we completed the process of a multi-year implementation of a new global enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system. This ERP system replaced our existing operating and financial systems. The ERP system is designed to accurately maintain the Company’s financial records, enhance operational functionality and provide timely information to the Company’s management team related to the operation of the business. The ERP system implementation process has required, and will continue to require, the investment of significant personnel and financial resources. We have not yet fully integrated all recently acquired companies into our ERP and may not be able to successfully integrate future acquired Companies to the ERP system without experiencing increased costs and other difficulties.
The imposition or proposed imposition of new or increased taxes aimed at our products can adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Certain jurisdictions in which our products are made, manufactured, distributed or sold have either imposed, or are considering imposing, new or increased taxes on the manufacture, distribution or sale of our products, ingredients or substances contained in, or attributes of, our products or commodities used in the production of our products. These tax measures, whatever their scope or form, could increase the cost of certain of our products, reduce consumer demand and overall consumption of our products, lead to negative publicity (whether based on scientific fact or not) or leave consumers with the perception (whether or not valid) that our products do not meet their health and wellness needs, resulting in adverse effects on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related to the Ownership of our Securities
Resales of shares of our Class A Common Stock could cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
There may be a large number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold in the market in the near future. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our Class A Common Stock, even if our business is doing well. A substantial number of our Class A Common Stock previously held by the pre-Business Combination public shareholders of CCH at the closing of the Business Combination are available for sale in the public market. In addition, 15,802,379 shares of Class A Common Stock were issued upon exercise of our warrants, including warrants that were initially sold by CCH in its initial public offering of securities (the “Public Warrants”) and warrants issued pursuant to those certain Forward Purchase Agreements entered into by CCH, Collier Creek partners LLC, the sponsor of CCH (the “Sponsor”) and the independent directors of CCH (the “Forward Purchase Agreements” and such warrants, the “Forward Purchase Warrants”), and up to 7,200,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of our warrants initially sold to the Sponsor simultaneously with the closing of its initial public offering (the “Private Placement Warrants”), have been registered for resale on the registration statement on Form S-1 declared effective as of October 5, 2020.
We have also registered up to 9,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock that we may issue under the Utz Brands, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”), 1,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock that we may issue under the Utz Brands, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and 1,557,941 shares of Class A Common Stock that we may issue under the Utz Quality Foods, LLC 2020 Long-Term Incentive Plan. To the extent such shares have vested or vest in the future (and settle into shares, in the case of restricted stock units), they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates.
In addition, we have granted certain registration rights in respect of all shares of Class A Common Stock, including shares that are obtainable in exchange for common units of UBH held by the Continuing Members.
Potential sales of shares of Class A Common Stock described above or the perception of such sales may depress the market price of our Class A Common Stock. A market for our Class A Common Stock may not continue, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.
The price of our Class A Common Stock may fluctuate significantly due to the market’s reaction to the Business Combination and general market and economic conditions. An active trading market for our Class A Common Stock may not be sustained. In addition, the price of our Class A Common Stock can vary due to general economic conditions and forecasts, our general business condition and the release of our financial reports. Additionally, if our Class A Common Stock is not listed on, or becomes delisted from, the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) for any reason, and is quoted on an over-the-counter market, the liquidity and price of such securities may be more limited than if we were quoted or listed on NYSE or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your Class A Common Stock unless a market is sustained. Furthermore, our Private Placement Warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares and may reduce the market price of our Class A Common Stock.
We are a holding company and our only material asset after the Closing of the Business Combination are our interest in UBH, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions made by our subsidiaries to pay taxes, make payments under the TRA and pay dividends.
We are a holding company with no material assets other than our ownership of the Common Company Units and our managing member interest in UBH. As a result, we have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow. Our ability to pay taxes, make payments under the TRA and pay dividends will depend on the financial results and cash flows of UBH and its subsidiaries and the distributions we receive from UBH. Deterioration in the financial condition, earnings or cash flow of UBH and its subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair UBH’s ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that we need funds and UBH and/or any of its subsidiaries are restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of any financing arrangements, or UBH is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.
UBH is intended to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, generally will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of Common Company Units. Accordingly, we will be required to pay income taxes on our allocable share of any net taxable income of UBH. Under the terms of the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of UBH (the “Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement”), UBH is obligated to make tax distributions to holders of Common Company Units (including us) calculated at certain assumed tax rates. In addition to income taxes, we will also incur expenses related to our operations, including payment obligations under the TRA, which could be significant, and some of which will be reimbursed by UBH (excluding payment obligations under the TRA). We intend to cause UBH to make ordinary distributions and tax distributions to holders of Common Company Units on a pro rata basis in amounts sufficient to cover all applicable taxes, relevant operating expenses, payments under the TRA and dividends, if any, declared by us. However, as discussed below, UBH’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions including, but not limited to, retention of amounts necessary to satisfy the obligations of UBH and its subsidiaries and restrictions on distributions that would violate any applicable restrictions contained in UBH’s debt agreements, or any applicable law, or that would have the effect of rendering UBH insolvent. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the TRA for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid; provided, however, that nonpayment for a specified period may constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the TRA and therefore accelerate payments under the TRA, which could be substantial.
Additionally, although UBH generally will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax, it may be liable under recent federal tax legislation for adjustments to its tax return, absent an election to the contrary. In the event UBH’s calculations of taxable income are incorrect, UBH and/or its members, including us, in later years may be subject to material liabilities pursuant to this federal legislation and its related guidance.
We anticipate that the distributions it will receive from UBH may, in certain periods, exceed our actual tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the TRA. The Company Board, in its sole discretion, will make any determination from time to time with respect to the use of any such excess cash so accumulated, which may include, among other uses, to pay dividends on our Class A Common Stock. We will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash other than any declared dividend) to our stockholders.
Dividends on our Class A Common Stock, if any, will be paid at the discretion of the Company Board, which will consider, among other things, our available cash, available borrowings and other funds legally available therefor, taking into account the retention of any amounts necessary to satisfy our obligations that will not be reimbursed by UBH, including taxes and amounts payable under the TRA and any restrictions in then applicable bank financing agreements. Financing arrangements may include restrictive covenants that restrict our ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to its stockholders. In addition, UBH is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a member to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of UBH (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. UBH’s subsidiaries are generally subject to similar legal limitations on their ability to make distributions to UBH. If UBH does not have sufficient funds to make distributions, our ability to declare and pay cash dividends may also be restricted or impaired.
Pursuant to the TRA, we are required to pay to Continuing Members and/or the exchanging holders of Common Company Units, as applicable, 85% of the tax savings that we realized as a result of increases in tax basis in UBH’s assets as a result of the sale of Common Company Units for the cash consideration in the Business Combination, the purchase and redemption of the common units and preferred units in the Continuing Members and the future exchange of the Common Company Units for shares of Class A Common Stock (or cash) pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement and certain other tax attributes of UBH and tax benefits related to entering into the TRA, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the TRA, and those payments may be substantial.
At the closing of the Business Combination, the Continuing Members sold Common Company Units for the cash consideration in the Business Combination and may in the future exchange their Common Company Units, together with the surrender and cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock, for shares of our Class A Common Stock (or cash) pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, subject to certain conditions and transfer restrictions as set forth therein and in the Investor Rights Agreement dated August 28, 2020 (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), entered into between the Company, the Continuing Members, the Sponsor, the Founder Holders, Collier Creek's independent directors (together with the Sponsor and the Founder Holders, the “Sponsor Parties”) and the representative of the Sponsor (the “Sponsor Representative”) in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination. In addition, we purchased common units and preferred units in the Continuing Members from third-party members, and the Continuing Members redeemed such units from us. These sales, purchases, redemptions and exchanges resulted in increases in our allocable share of the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of UBH. These increases in tax basis may increase (for income tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of income or franchise tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future had such sales and exchanges never occurred.
In connection with the Business Combination, we entered into the TRA, which generally provides for the payment by it of 85% of certain tax benefits, if any, that we realize (or in certain cases is deemed to realize) as a result of these increases in tax basis and certain other tax attributes of UBH and tax benefits related to entering into the TRA, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the TRA. These payments are our obligations and not of UBH. The actual increase in our allocable share of UBH’s tax basis in its assets, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the TRA, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the market price of the Class A Common Stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of the recognition of our income. While many of the factors that will determine the amount of payments that we will make under the TRA are outside of our control, we expect that the payments it will make under the TRA will be substantial and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Any payments made by us under the TRA will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us. To the extent that we are unable to make timely payments under the TRA for any reason, the unpaid amounts will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid; however, nonpayment for a specified period may constitute a material breach of a material obligation under the TRA and therefore accelerate payments due under the TRA, as further described below. Furthermore, our future obligation to make payments under the TRA could make it a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that may be deemed realized under the TRA.
In certain cases, payments under the TRA may exceed the actual tax benefits we realize or be accelerated.
Payments under the TRA will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine, and the IRS or another taxing authority may challenge all or any part of the tax basis increases, as well as other tax positions that we take, and a court may sustain such a challenge. In the event that any tax benefits initially claimed by us are disallowed, the Continuing Members and the exchanging holders will not be required to reimburse us for any excess payments that may previously have been made under the TRA, for example, due to adjustments resulting from examinations by taxing authorities. Rather, excess payments made to such holders will be netted against any future cash payments otherwise required to be made by us, if any, after the determination of such excess. However, a challenge to any tax benefits initially claimed by us may not arise for a number of years following the initial time of such payment or, even if challenged early, such excess cash payment may be greater than the amount of future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the TRA and, as a result, there might not be future cash payments against which to net. As a result, in certain circumstances we could make payments under the TRA in excess of our actual income or franchise tax savings, which could materially impair our financial condition.
Moreover, the TRA provides that, in the event that (i) we exercise our early termination rights under the TRA, (ii) certain changes of control of the Company or UBH occur (as described in the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement), (iii) we, in certain circumstances, fail to make a payment required to be made pursuant to the TRA by its final payment date, which non-payment continues until the later of 30 days following receipt by us of written notice thereof and 60 days following such final payment date or (iv) we materially breach any of our material obligations under the TRA other than as described in the foregoing clause (iii), which breach continues without cure for 30 days following receipt by us of written notice thereof and written notice of acceleration is received by us thereafter (except that in the case that the TRA is rejected in a case commenced under bankruptcy laws, no written notice of acceleration is required), in the case of clauses (iii) and (iv), unless certain liquidity exceptions apply, our obligations under the TRA will accelerate and we will be required to make a lump-sum cash payment to the Continuing Members and/or other applicable parties to the TRA equal to the present value of all forecasted future payments that would have otherwise been made under the TRA, which lump-sum payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our future taxable income. The lump-sum payment could be substantial and could exceed the actual tax benefits that we realize subsequent to such payment because such payment would be calculated assuming, among other things, that we would have certain tax benefits available to us and that we would be able to use the potential tax benefits in future years.
There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if the payments under the TRA exceed the actual income or franchise tax savings that we realize. Furthermore, our obligations to make payments under the TRA could also have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control.
The NYSE may delist our Class A Common Stock from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in shares of our Class A Common Stock and subject us to additional trading restrictions.
Our Class A Common Stock is currently listed on the NYSE. However, we cannot assure you that shares of our Class A Common Stock will continue to be listed on the NYSE in the future. In order to continue listing our Class A Common Stock on the NYSE, we must maintain certain financial, share price and distribution levels. It is possible that our Class A Common Stock will cease to meet the NYSE listing requirements.
If NYSE delists our Class A Common Stock from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our Class A Common Stock on another national securities exchange, our Class A Common Stock could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:
•A limited availability of market quotations for our Class A Common Stock;
•Reduced liquidity for our Class A Common Stock;
•A determination that our Class A Common Stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in the Class A Common Stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;
•A limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
•A decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our Class A Common Stock is listed on the NYSE, our Class A Common Stock qualifies as a covered security under the statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our Class A Common Stock, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. Further, if our Class A Common Stock were no longer listed on the NYSE, our Class A Common Stock would not qualify as covered securities under the statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our Class A Common Stock and certain senior securities.
Reports published by analysts, including projections in those reports that differ from our actual results, could adversely affect the price and trading volume of our Class A Common Stock.
Securities research analysts may establish and publish their own periodic projections for us. These projections may vary widely and may not accurately predict the results we actually achieve. Our share price may decline if our actual results do not match the projections of these securities research analysts. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who write reports on us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, our share price or trading volume could decline. While we expect research analyst coverage, if no analysts cover us, or cease coverage of us, the market price and volume for our Class A Common Stock could be adversely affected.
Delaware law, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions that limit the ability of stockholders to take certain actions and could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.
Our Certificate of Incorporation and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition deemed undesirable by the Company Board and therefore depress the trading price of our Class A Common Stock. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to take certain actions, including electing directors who are not nominated by the current members of the Company Board or taking other corporate actions, including effecting changes in management. Among other things, the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws include provisions regarding:
•A classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of the Company Board;
•The ability of the Company Board to issue shares of preferred stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
•The limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, our directors and officers;
•The right of the Company Board to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the Company Board or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on the Company Board;
•The requirement that directors may only be removed from the Company Board for cause;
•The requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the Company Board, the chairman of the Company Board or our chief executive officer, which could delay the ability of stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
•Controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of the Company Board and stockholder meetings;
•The requirement for the affirmative vote of holders of (i) (a) at least 66 2∕3% or 80%, in case of certain provisions, or (b) a majority, in case of other provisions, of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend, alter, change or repeal certain provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation, and (ii) (a) at least 66 2∕3%, in case of certain provisions, or (b) a majority, in case of other provisions, of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the voting stock, voting together as a single class, to amend, alter, change or repeal certain provisions of our Bylaws, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in the Company Board and also may inhibit the ability of an acquirer to effect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt;
•The ability of the Company Board to amend the Bylaws, which may allow the Company Board to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the Bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and
•Advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to the Company Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in the Company Board and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.
These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in the Company Board or management.
In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we will generally be subject to provisions of Delaware law, including the DGCL. Although we will elect not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, certain provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation will, in a manner substantially similar to Section 203 of the DGCL, prohibit certain of our stockholders (other than certain stockholders who are specified in the Investor Rights Agreement) who hold 15% or more of our outstanding capital stock from engaging in certain business combination transactions with us for a specified period of time unless certain conditions are met.
Any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control could limit the opportunity for stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our capital stock and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for the our Class A Common Stock or Class V Common Stock (collectively, without duplication, “Common Stock”).
In addition, the provisions of the Investor Rights Agreement provide the stockholders party thereto with certain board rights which could also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control.
The Certificate of Incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders to us or our stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting such alleged breach, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders (a) arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended or restated) or the Bylaws or (b) as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Delaware Court of Chancery or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware shall, as to any action in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), to the fullest extent permitted by law, be solely and exclusively brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any claim (a) as to which the Delaware Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (b) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Delaware Court of Chancery, or (c) arising under federal securities laws, including the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) as to which the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Article XII of the Certificate of Incorporation will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of the forum provisions is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “foreign action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”); and (y) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such enforcement action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such stockholder.
This choice-of-forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, stockholders, agents or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.
Certain of our significant stockholders and Utz Brands Holdings members whose interests may differ from those of our other stockholders will have the ability to significantly influence our business and management.
Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement that we entered into with the Sponsor, certain founder members of the Sponsor and their family members (the “Founder Holders”), the Sponsor Representative, the Continuing Members and the independent directors of CCH at the closing of the Business Combination in connection with the Business Combination, we agreed to nominate five designees by each of the Sponsor and the Continuing Members, respectively, to serve on the Company Board for so long as each of them and their respective affiliates and specified family members beneficially own certain specified percentages of certain economic interests in us and UBH held as of the closing of the Business Combination, without duplication. Accordingly, the Continuing Members and the successors to the Sponsor will be able to significantly influence the approval of actions requiring Company Board approval through their voting power. Such stockholders will retain significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers. In particular, the Continuing Members and the successors to the Sponsor could influence whether acquisitions, dispositions and other change of control transactions are approved. Additionally, for so long as the Continuing Members hold at least 50% of the economic interests held in us and UBH as of Closing (without duplication) they will have consent rights over certain material transactions with respect to us and our subsidiaries, including UBH.
The Certificate of Incorporation does not limit the ability of the successors to the Sponsor to compete with us.
The successors to the Sponsor, or its successors, and each of their respective affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in the financial services and technology industries. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the successors to the Sponsor, and each of their respective affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. The Certificate of Incorporation provides that none of the successors to the Sponsor, any of their respective affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of its officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. The successors to the Sponsor, any of their respective affiliates also may pursue, in their capacities other than as members of the Company Board, acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, the successors to the Sponsor may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.
Our business and operations could be negatively affected if it becomes subject to any securities litigation or shareholder activism, which could cause us to incur significant expense, hinder execution of business and growth strategy and impact our stock price.
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Shareholder activism, which could take many forms or arise in a variety of situations, has been increasing recently. Volatility in the stock price of our Class A Common Stock or other reasons may in the future cause it to become the target of securities litigation or shareholder activism. Securities litigation and shareholder activism, including potential proxy contests, could result in substantial costs and divert management’s and board of directors’ attention and resources from our business. Additionally, such securities litigation and shareholder activism could give rise to perceived uncertainties as to our future, adversely affect our relationships with service providers and make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel. Also, we may be required to incur significant legal fees and other expenses related to any securities litigation and activist shareholder matters. Further, our stock price could be subject to significant fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by the events, risks and uncertainties of any securities litigation and shareholder activism.
We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.
We agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
The valuation of our Private Placement Warrants could increase the volatility in our net income (loss) in our consolidated statements of earnings (loss).
The remeasurement of our Private Placement Warrants is the result of changes in stock price and Private Placement Warrants outstanding at each reporting period. The remeasurement of warrant liabilities represents the mark-to market fair value adjustments to the outstanding Private Placement Warrants issued in connection with the IPO of CCH. Significant changes in our stock price or number of Private Placement Warrants outstanding may adversely affect our net income (loss) in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
The grant of registration rights to certain of our stockholders and holders of our Warrants and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock.
The Investor Rights Agreement entered into between us, the Continuing Members, the Sponsor, the Founder Holders, the Sponsor Representative and certain independent directors of CCH, replacing the Original Registration Rights Agreement. Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Continuing Members and the successors to the Sponsor, and, in each case, their permitted transferees have customary registration rights (including demand and piggy-back rights, subject to cooperation and cut-back provisions) with respect to (i) the Class A Common Stock (including the Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement upon exchange of the Common Company Units along with the surrender and cancellation of a corresponding number of shares of the Class V Common Stock for the Class A Common Stock), (ii) Private Placement Warrants and the Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants, and (iii) any of our Common Stock or common stock of any of our subsidiaries issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) and (ii) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. Further, pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreements, we agreed that we will use our reasonable best efforts (x) to file within 30 days after the closing of the Business Combination a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of the shares issued pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreements and the Forward Purchase Warrants (prior to their redemption) (and underlying Class A Common Stock), (y) to cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter and (z) to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the earlier of (a) the date on which the successors to the Sponsor and all of the independent directors cease to hold the securities covered thereby, and (b) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In addition, the Forward Purchase Agreements provide these holders will have certain “piggy-back” registration rights to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A Common Stock.
Our Private Placement Warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A Common Stock.
We issued in a private placement an aggregate of 7,200,000 Private Placement Warrants, each exercisable to purchase one Class A Common Stock at $11.50 per share. Such Private Placement Warrants, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A Common Stock and may reduce the value of the Class A Common Stock.
Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act require substantial financial and management resources.
As a privately held company, UBH was not subject to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The standards required for a public company under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls. Because we are no longer deemed to be an emerging growth company, we will be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, we are required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The development of the internal control system to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may impose obligations on us. In 2021, we have identified and subsequently remediated a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting; however, in the future if we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, and the market price of our common stock may be seriously harmed.
Our Warrants are required to be accounted for as liabilities rather than as equity and such requirement resulted in a restatement of our previously issued financial statements.
On April 12, 2021, the staff of the SEC issued a public statement entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”)” (the “Staff Statement”). In the Staff Statement, the SEC staff expressed its view that certain terms and conditions common to SPAC warrants may require the warrants to be classified as liabilities on the SPAC’s balance sheet as opposed to equity. Since issuance, our Warrants were accounted for as equity within our balance sheet, and after discussion and evaluation, including with our financial and legal advisors, we have concluded that our Warrants should be presented as liabilities with subsequent fair value re-measurement. Therefore, we conducted a valuation of our Warrants and restated our previously issued financial statements, which resulted in unanticipated costs and diversion of management resources and may result in potential loss of investor confidence.
Although we have now completed the restatement, we cannot guarantee that we will have no further inquiries from the SEC or NYSE regarding our restated financial statements or matters relating thereto. Any future inquiries from the SEC or NYSE as a result of the restatement of our historical financial statements will, regardless of the outcome, likely consume a significant amount of our resources in addition to those resources already consumed in connection with the restatement itself.
The restatement of our financial statements in May 2021 has subjected us to additional risks and uncertainties, including increased professional costs and the increased possibility of legal proceedings.
As a result of the restatement of our financial statements, we have become subject to additional risks and uncertainties, including, among others, increased professional fees and expenses and time commitment that may be required to address matters related to the restatements, and scrutiny of the SEC and other regulatory bodies which could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and could subject us to civil or criminal penalties or shareholder litigation. We could face monetary judgments, penalties or other sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could cause our stock price to decline.
Following the restatement of our historical financial statements, we account for our Warrants as a warrant liability recorded at fair value upon issuance with any changes in fair value each period reported in earnings based upon a valuation report obtained from its independent third-party valuation firm. The impact of changes in fair value on earnings may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

---

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
We have received no written comments regarding our periodic or current reports from the staff of the SEC that were issued 180 days or more preceding the end of our 2021 fiscal year and that remain unresolved.

---

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Item 2. Properties
Our corporate headquarters is located at 900 High Street, Hanover, Pennsylvania 17331. We own the property for this corporate office, which includes approximately 44,000 square feet of corporate office space adjacent to one of our manufacturing facilities. In addition, we own other corporate office space in Hanover, Pennsylvania, including 1040 High Street with 16,000 square feet of office space, 240 Kindig Lane with 8,000 square feet of office space, and 350 Kindig Lane with 6,000 square feet of office space.
We operate 17 principal manufacturing sites located in Algona, Washington; Goodyear, Arizona; Farmington, Illinois; Bluffton, Indiana; Fitchburg, Massachusetts; Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania; Lititz, Pennsylvania; Hanover, Pennsylvania; Berlin, Pennsylvania; Birmingham, Alabama; Gramercy, Louisiana; Grand Rapids, Michigan; Lincolnton, North Carolina; and Las Vegas, Nevada.
We also operate 23 owned warehousing and distribution centers across the United States. These facilities supplement the warehousing and distribution capabilities co-located at our manufacturing facilities to ensure cost efficient delivery and timely access to products by our customers and DSD distributors. In total, we own approximately 40 properties in the United States that include manufacturing locations, warehouses, and office locations.
We lease approximately 150 properties in the United States, which include warehouse locations, offices and small storage bins. We believe that our properties, taken as a whole, are generally well maintained and are adequate for our current and foreseeable business needs. Though we believe that our facilities are sufficient to meet our current needs, we believe that suitable additional space will be available as and when needed to maintain and support our ongoing business needs.
During 2021, a storm damaged our manufacturing facility in Gramercy, Louisiana causing it to cease operations until clean-up and repairs are completed. We evaluated the facility for impairment and determined it was not material and damages and certain out-of-pocket costs would be covered by our insurance carrier.

---

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
From time to time we are named as a defendant in legal actions arising from our normal business activities. Although we cannot predict with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits, investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a party will have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, cash flows or results of operations.

---

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
PART II

---

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market Information
Our Class A Common Stock is traded on NYSE under the symbol “UTZ”. As of March 1, 2022, the closing price for our Class A Common Stock was $14.61.
Market price information regarding our Class V Common Stock and Common Company Units is not provided because there is no public market for our Class V Common Stock or our Common Company Units. Subject to certain timing restrictions a Common Company Unit can be exchanged, together with the forfeiture of a share of Class V Common Stock, for a share of Class A Common Stock.
Holders
As of January 2, 2022, there were 30 holders of record of our Class A Common Stock and two holders of record of our Class V Common Stock. The number of record holders does not include beneficial owners of our securities whose shares are held in the names of various security brokers, dealers, and registered clearing agencies.
Dividends
Our Board of Directors has adopted a dividend policy, pursuant to which we will make quarterly dividends on the Class A Common Stock, to the extent our Board of Directors determines that we have available cash, available borrowings and other funds legally available therefor, taking into account the retention of any amounts necessary to satisfy our obligations that will not be reimbursed by UBH, taxes and obligations under the TRA, and any restrictions contained in any applicable bank financing agreement by which we or our subsidiaries are bound. We declared $15.6 million in cash dividends on our Class A Common Stock in 2021 and $7.2 million in 2020. The annual dividend rate on our Common Stock in 2021 was $.204 per share.
For 2022, our Board of Directors expects to declare and pay a dividend on the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock in an aggregate amount of no less than $0.216 per share of Class A Common Stock, per annum.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash other than any declared dividend) to our stockholders. We are a holding company without any direct operations and have no significant assets other than our ownership interest in UBH. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends depends upon the financial condition, liquidity and results of operations of, and our receipt of dividends, loans or other funds from, our subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation to make funds available to us. In addition, there are various statutory, regulatory and contractual limitations and business considerations on the extent, if any, to which our subsidiaries may pay dividends, make loans or otherwise provide funds to us. For example, the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions, loans and other payments to us for the purposes described above and for any other purpose may be limited by the terms of the agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness. The declaration and payment of dividends is also at the discretion of our Board of Director and depends on various factors including our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.
In addition, under Delaware law, our Board of Directors may declare dividends only to the extent of our surplus (which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities, minus statutory capital) or, if there is no surplus, out of our net profits for the then-current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.
Performance
The following graph compares the total shareholder return from November 26, 2018, the date on which our Class A common shares commenced trading on the NYSE, through January 2, 2022 of (i) our Class A Common Stock, (ii) the Standard and Poor's 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500 Index”) and (iii) the Standard and Poor’s Packaged Foods & Meats Index. The stock performance graph and table assume an initial investment of $100 on November 26, 2018, and that all dividends of the S&P 500 Index and S&P Packaged Food & Meats Index, were reinvested. The performance graph and table are not intended to be indicative of future performance. The performance graph and table shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act.
*Assumes $100 was invested on November 26, 2018, the day on which our Class A Common Stock commenced trading on the NYSE (which, prior to our domestication to a Delaware corporation in connection with the Business Combination, were referred to Class A Ordinary Shares).

---

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
Item 6. [Reserved]

---

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our fiscal year end is the Sunday closest to December 31. Our fiscal year 2019 ended December 29, 2019 and was a fifty-two-week period, our fiscal year 2020 ended January 3, 2021 and was a fifty-three-week fiscal year, and our fiscal year 2021 ended January 2, 2022 and was a fifty-two-week fiscal year. Our fiscal quarters are comprised of thirteen weeks each, except for fifty-three-week fiscal periods for the which the fourth quarter is comprised of fourteen weeks, and end on the thirteenth Sunday of each quarter (fourteenth Sunday of the fourth quarter, when applicable).
Overview
We are a leading United States manufacturer of branded salty snacks. We produce a broad offering of salty snacks, including potato chips, tortilla chips, pretzels, cheese snacks, veggie snacks, pork skins, veggie snacks, pub/party mixes, and other snacks. Our iconic portfolio of authentic, craft, and “better for you” brands, which includes Utz®, ON THE BORDER®, Zapp’s®, Golden Flake®, Good Health®, Boulder Canyon®, Hawaiian® Brand, and TORTIYAHS!®, among others, enjoys strong household penetration in the United States, where our products can be found in approximately 49% of U.S. households. We operate 17 manufacturing facilities with a broad range of capabilities, and our products are distributed nationally to grocery, mass merchant, club, convenience, drug and other retailers through direct shipments, distributors, and approximately 1,850 direct-store-delivery (“DSD”) routes. Our company was founded in 1921 in Hanover, Pennsylvania, and benefits from 100 years of brand awareness and heritage in the salty snack industry. We have historically expanded our geographic reach and product portfolio organically and through acquisitions. Based on 2021 retail sales, we are second-largest producer of branded salty snacks in our Core geographies, where we have acquired strong regional brands and distribution capabilities in recent years.
Business Combination
On August 28, 2020, CCH domesticated into a Delaware corporation and changed its name to "Utz Brands, Inc." (the “Domestication”) and consummated the acquisition of certain limited liability company units of UBH, the parent of Utz Quality Foods, LLC (“UQF”), as a result of a new issuance by UBH and purchases from UBH’s existing equity holders pursuant to a Business Combination Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2020 (the “Business Combination Agreement”) among CCH, UBH and Series U of UM Partners, LLC (“Series U”) and Series R of UM Partners, LLC (“Series R” and together with Series U, the “Continuing Members”), following the approval at the extraordinary general meeting of the shareholders of CCH held on August 27, 2020.
UBI was determined to be the accounting acquirer and UBH was determined to be the accounting acquiree, in accordance with ASC 810, as the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary of UBH after the Business Combination. Under the ASC 805, Business Combinations, acquisition method of accounting, purchase price allocation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of UBH are presented based on their estimated fair values as of the closing of the Business Combination.
As a result of the Business Combination, UBI’s financial statement presentation distinguishes UBH as the “Predecessor” for periods prior to the closing of the Business Combination. UBI, which includes consolidation of UBH subsequent to the Business Combination, is the “Successor” for periods after the closing of the Business Combination. As a result of the application of the acquisition method of accounting in the Successor period, the financial statements for the Successor period are presented on a full step-up basis as a result of the Business Combination, and are therefore not comparable to the financial statements of the Predecessor period that are not presented on the same full step-up basis due to the Business Combination.
Key Developments and Trends
Our management team monitors a number of developments and trends that could impact our revenue and profitability objectives.
Long-Term Demographics, Consumer Trends, and Demand - We participate in the attractive and growing $30 billion U.S. salty snacks category, within the broader $105 billion market for U.S. snack foods as of January 2, 2022. The salty snacks category has grown retail sales at an approximately 6.4% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) from 2017 through 2021 with a major spike in 2020 driven by COVID-19 consumption. In the last few years snacking occasions have been on the rise as consumers increasingly seek out convenient, delicious snacks for both on-the-go and at-home lifestyles. According to data from the Hartman Group, The Consumer Goods Forum, and IRI as of January 2, 2022, approximately 50% of U.S. eating occasions are snacks, with 95% of the U.S. population snacking daily and the average American snacking 2.6 times per day based upon the latest available IRI data. Additionally, the salty snacks category has historically benefited from favorable competitive dynamics, including low private label penetration and category leaders competing primarily through marketing and innovation. We expect these consumer and category trends to continue to drive strong retail sales growth for salty snacks.
As a staple food product with resilient consumer demand and a predominantly domestic supply chain, the salty snack category is well positioned to navigate periods of economic disruption or other unforeseen global events. The U.S. salty snack category has demonstrated strong performance through economic downturns historically, growing at a 4% CAGR from 2007 to 2010 during the last recession. More recently, the U.S. salty snack category demonstrated strong performance during the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic which began in March 2020 in the U.S. For the 52 weeks ended January 2, 2022, U.S. retail sales for salty snacks based on IRI data increased by 6.8% versus the comparable prior year period while our retail sales increased by 1.7% in the same period. The 2 year CAGR from 2020 to 2021 was 8.1% for U.S.retail sales of salty snacks, during which time our retail sales increased by 8.3%.
Competition - The salty snack industry is highly competitive and includes many diverse participants. Our products primarily compete with other salty snacks but also compete more broadly for certain eating occasions with other snack foods. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the salty snack industry include taste, convenience, product variety, product quality, price, nutrition, consumer brand awareness, media and promotional activities, in-store merchandising execution, customer service, cost-efficient distribution, and access to retailer shelf space. We believe we compete effectively with respect to each of these factors.
Operating Costs - Our operating costs include raw materials, labor, manufacturing overhead, selling, distribution, general and administrative expenses. We manage these expenses through annual cost saving and productivity initiatives, sourcing and hedging programs, pricing actions, refinancing and tax optimization. Additionally, we maintain ongoing efforts led by our project management office, or PMO, to expand our profitability, including implementing significant reductions to our operating cost structure in both supply chain and overhead costs.
Taxes - On March 27, 2020, The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was enacted which includes various tax provisions with retroactive effect. The CARES Act is an approximately $2 trillion emergency economic stimulus package in response to the Coronavirus outbreak, which among other things contains numerous income tax provisions. Some of these tax provisions are effective retroactively for years ending before the date of enactment. We deferred $7.8 million of payroll tax deposits per the CARES Act. The deferred payroll taxes must be deposited in two installments, with the first installment of $3.9 million paid as of December 31, 2021, and the remaining $3.9 million due on December 31, 2022. We continue to evaluate the impact of the CARES Act; however, we believe it is unlikely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flow.
Financing Costs - We regularly evaluate our variable and fixed-rate debt. We continue to use low-cost, short- and long-term debt to finance our ongoing working capital, capital expenditures and other investments and dividends. Our weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022 was 3.5%, down from 4.9% during the same timeframe in fiscal 2020. We have begun to use interest rate swaps to manage our exposure to interest rate changes, which can drive cash flow variability related to our debt. Refer to Note 8. "Long-Term Debt" and Note 9. "Derivative Financial Instruments and Purchase Commitments" to our audited consolidated financial statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K (our "Audited Financial Statements") for additional information on debt, derivative and purchase commitment activity.
LIBOR Transition - As of January 2, 2022, we had $823.2 million in variable rate indebtedness, up from $780.0 million at January 3, 2021, all or a portion of which uses London Inter Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") as a benchmark for establishing applicable rates. As announced in July 2017, LIBOR was phased out on December 31, 2021 for new contracts. On November 30, 2020, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation issued a public statement that the administrator of LIBOR announced it will consult on an extension of publication of certain U.S. Dollar LIBOR tenors until June 30, 2023, which would allow additional legacy USD LIBOR contracts to mature before the succession of LIBOR. The administrator has not yet announced the results of its consultation. Although many of our LIBOR-based obligations provide for alternative methods of calculating the interest rate payable if LIBOR is not reported, the extent and manner of any future changes with respect to methods of calculating LIBOR or replacing LIBOR with another benchmark are unknown and impossible to predict at this time and, as such, may result in interest rates that are materially higher than current interest rates. If interest rates applicable to our variable interest indebtedness increase, our interest expense will also increase, which could make it difficult for us to make interest payments and fund other fixed costs and, in turn, adversely impact our cash flow available for general corporate purposes.
COVID-19 - In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared that COVID-19 constituted a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern” and later characterized it as a “pandemic”. In response, we have taken necessary preventive actions and continue to implement safety measures to protect our employees who are working on and off site. The same time period, March 2020, also marked the beginning of COVID-19’s impact on the consumption, distribution and production of our products. Demand for product increased significantly for several weeks in late March and into April 2020 as customers “pantry-loaded” in response to “shelter-in-place” measures that were enacted in many markets. Following that initial spike, in the weeks that followed, demand for product continued to out-pace prior year rates as families have favored “at-home” dining at a greater rate than pre-pandemic levels. We have serviced that demand by increasing production and distribution activities. Our strategic manufacturing capabilities and DSD distribution network have allowed us to effectively service the increased demand and be responsive to evolving market dynamics driven by changes in consumer behavior. During this time we picked up a significant number of new customers and have experienced a high level of repeat customers within fiscal year 2021. We will continue to monitor customer and consumer activity and adapt our plans as necessary to best service the business.
Recent Developments and Significant Items Affecting Comparability
Acquisitions
On October 21, 2019, we closed on our acquisition of Kennedy Endeavors, LLC (“Kennedy”) from Conagra Brands Inc. The Company paid the aggregate purchase price of approximately $138.1 million. Kennedy consists of Tim’s Cascade Snacks and Snyder of Berlin, which are snack food manufacturers. We acquired this business to expand our national footprint and our DSD snacks business as well as capture significant synergies. The acquisition provided us with the second largest DSD network for branded salty snacks in the Pacific Northwest, a leased, regional production facility outside of Seattle, Washington, and increased scale with retailers in the Western United States. We also acquired regional DSD routes and a production facility in Berlin, Pennsylvania, which are highly complementary with our existing business in that region.
On November 11, 2020 the Company caused its subsidiaries, UQF and Heron, to enter into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Truco Acquisition") among UQF, Heron, Truco Holdco Inc. (“Truco”) and Truco Holdings LLC ("Truco Seller"). On December 14, 2020, pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company caused its subsidiary, Heron, to purchase and acquire from Truco Holdings LLC all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Truco (the “Truco Acquisition”). Upon completion of the Truco Acquisition, Truco became a wholly owned subsidiary of Heron. At the closing of the Truco Acquisition, the Company paid the aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $405.1 million to Truco Holdings LLC, including payments of approximately $3.0 million for cash on hand at Truco at the closing of the Truco Acquisition, less estimated working capital adjustments, subject to customary post-closing adjustments.
In addition, on December 14, 2020, UQF purchased and acquired from OTB Acquisition, LLC certain intellectual property (“OTB IP”) assets (“IP Purchase”) pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 11, 2020, among UQF, Truco Seller and OTB Acquisition, LLC. The IP Purchase was determined to be an asset acquisition under the provisions of ASC Subtopic 805-50. The IP Purchase is accounted for separately from the Truco Acquisition, as Truco and the OTB IP were acquired from two different selling parties that were not under common control and are two separate transactions. The OTB IP was initially recognized and measured by the Company based on its purchase price of $79.0 million since it was acquired in asset purchase and is treated as an indefinite lived intangible assets.
On February 8, 2021, the Company closed on a definitive agreement with Snak-King Corp. to acquire certain assets of the C.J. Vitner's business, a leading brand of salty snacks in the Chicago, IL area. The acquisition increases our distribution in the Chicago area and Midwest Region and expands our product offering. The Company paid the aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $25.2 million which was funded from current cash-on-hand.
On May 10, 2021, the Company announced that its subsidiary, UQF entered into a definitive agreement with Great Lakes Festida Holdings, Inc. to acquire all assets including real estate located in Grand Rapids, Michigan related to the operations of Festida Foods ("Festida Foods acquisition" or "acquisition of Festida Foods"), a manufacturer of tortilla chips, corn chips, and pellet snacks, and the largest manufacturer of tortilla chips for the Company's ON THE BORDER® brand. The Company closed this transaction on June 7, 2021 and the purchase price of approximately $40.3 million was funded in part from incremental financing on an existing term loan.
On November 2, 2021, the Company announced that its subsidiaries, entered into a definitive agreement to acquire R.W. Garcia Holdings, LLC and its' wholly-owned subsidiary R.W. Garcia Co., Inc. ("RW Garcia") to acquire the equity of RW Garcia., an artisan maker of high-quality organic tortilla chips, crackers, and corn chips (RW Garcia acquisition"). The Company closed on this transaction on December 6, 2021, with the purchase price of approximately $58.3 million funded in part from a draw on the Company's line of credit and cash on hand. In addition to this acquisition on December 6, 2021, the Company closed on an acquisition of a manufacturing facility of which RW Garcia was a tenant. The cost of the manufacturing facility was approximately $6.0 million.
Commodity Trends
We regularly monitor worldwide supply and commodity costs so we can cost-effectively secure ingredients, packaging and fuel required for production. A number of external factors such as weather conditions, commodity market conditions, and the effects of governmental, agricultural or other programs affect the cost and availability of raw materials and agricultural materials used in our products. We address commodity costs primarily through the use of buying-forward, which locks in pricing for key materials between three and 18 months in advance. Other methods include hedging, net pricing adjustments to cover longer term cost inflation, and manufacturing and overhead cost control. Our hedging techniques, such as forward contracts, limit the impact of fluctuations in the cost of our principal raw materials; however, we may not be able to fully hedge against commodity cost changes, where there is a limited ability to hedge, and our hedging strategies may not protect us from increases in specific raw material costs. Toward the end of 2020, we began to experience an increase in pricing in certain commodity trends that continued to rise over 2021. We expect this trend to continue through early 2022 and this may adversely impact our net income. Additionally, the Company has experienced rising costs related to fuel and freight rates as well as rising labor costs which have negatively impacted profitability. Transportation costs have been on the rise for the last few months and may continue to rise which may adversely impact net income. The Company looks to offset rising costs through increasing manufacturing and distribution efficiencies as well as through price increases to our customers, although it is unclear whether historic customer sales levels will be maintained at these higher prices. Due to competitive or market conditions, planned trade or promotional incentives, or other factors, our pricing actions may also lag commodity cost changes.
While the costs of our principal raw materials fluctuate, we believe there will continue to be an adequate supply of the raw materials we use and that they will generally remain available from numerous sources. Market factors including supply and demand may result in higher costs of sourcing those materials.
Independent Operator Conversions
Our DSD distribution is executed via company-owned routes operated by RSPs, and third-party routes managed by IOs. We have used the IO and RSP models for more than a decade. In fiscal year 2017, we embarked on a multi-year strategy to convert all company owned RSP routes to the IO model. The mix between IOs and RSP was approximately 88% and 12%, respectively, as of January 2, 2022 versus a 79% and 21% ratio for IOs and RSPs, respectively, as of January 3, 2021. We anticipate completing substantially all remaining conversions during fiscal year 2022. The conversion process involves selling distribution rights to a defined route to an IO. As we convert a large number of routes in a year, there is a meaningful decrease in the selling, general and administrative costs that we previously incurred on RSPs and a corresponding increase in discounts paid to IOs to cover their costs to distribute our product. The net impact is a reduction in selling expenses and a decrease in net sales and gross profit. Conversions also impact our balance sheet resulting in cash proceeds to us as a result of selling the route to an IO, or by creating notes receivable related to the sale of the routes.
Controls and Procedures
Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, we were not required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and were therefore not required in connection with periods ended prior to the consummation of the Business Combination to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Since the consummation of the Business Combination, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports. We are required to provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending January 3, 2021. Beginning with the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022 our independent registered public accounting firm is required to assess and attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
Results of Operations
Overview
The following tables present selected financial data for the year ended January 2, 2022, fiscal periods ended January 3, 2021 and August 28, 2020, and year ended December 29, 2019.
We have prepared our discussion of the results of operations by comparing the results for the year ended January 2, 2022, the combined successor fiscal period from August 29, 2020 through January 3, 2021 and the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020, and the year ended December 29, 2019.
We believe this approach provides the most meaningful basis of comparison and is more useful in identifying current business trends for the periods presented. The combined results of operations included in our discussion below are not considered to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and have not been prepared as pro forma results under applicable regulations, and may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved had the Business Combination occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2019, and should not be viewed as a substitute for the results of operations of the Predecessor and Successor periods presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Successor Predecessor
For the year ended January 2, 2022 From
August 29, 2020
through
January 3, 2021 From
December 30, 2019
through
August 28, 2020 For the year ended December 29, 2019
Net sales $ 1,180,713 $ 325,648 $ 638,662 $ 768,228
Cost of goods sold 796,804 219,977 411,595 514,430
Gross profit 383,909 105,671 227,067 253,798
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling 249,352 63,616 131,579 163,589
General and administrative 125,855 43,871 64,050 64,723
Total selling, general and administrative expenses 375,207 107,487 195,629 228,312
Gain on sale of assets
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment, net 1,133 109 79 6,028
Gain on sale of routes, net 731 749 1,264 7,232
Total gain on sale of assets 1,864 858 1,343 13,260
Income (loss) from operations 10,566 (958) 32,781 38,746
Other income (expense)
Interest expense (34,708) (13,301) (26,659) (48,388)
Other income (expense) 3,551 (2,058) 1,271 (576)
Gain (loss) on remeasurement of warrant liability 36,675 (91,851) - -
Other income (expense), net 5,518 (107,210) (25,388) (48,964)
Income (loss) before income taxes 16,084 (108,168) 7,393 (10,218)
Income tax expense (benefit) 8,086 (267) 3,973 3,146
Net income (loss) 7,998 (107,901) 3,420 (13,364)
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest 12,557 7,971 - (2,808)
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest $ 20,555 $ (99,930) $ 3,420 $ (16,172)
Successor Predecessor Non-GAAP Combined
(in thousands) From
August 29, 2020
through
January 3, 2021 From
December 30, 2019
through
August 28, 2020 For the year ended January 3, 2021
Net sales $ 325,648 $ 638,662 $ 964,310
Cost of goods sold 219,977 411,595 631,572
Gross profit 105,671 227,067 332,738
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling 63,616 131,579 195,195
General and administrative 43,871 64,050 107,921
Total selling, general and administrative expenses 107,487 195,629 303,116
Gain on sale of assets
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 109 79 188
Gain on sale of routes, net 749 1,264 2,013
Total gain on sale of assets 858 1,343 2,201
(Loss) income from operations (958) 32,781 31,823
Other (expense) income
Interest expense (13,301) (26,659) (39,960)
Other (expense) income (2,058) 1,271 (787)
Loss on remeasurement of warrant liabilities (91,851) - (91,851)
Other (expense) income, net (107,210) (25,388) (132,598)
(Loss) income before taxes (108,168) 7,393 (100,775)
Income tax (benefit) expense (267) 3,973 3,706
Net (loss) income (107,901) 3,420 (104,481)
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 7,971 - 7,971
Net (loss) income attributable to controlling interest $ (99,930) $ 3,420 $ (96,510)
Successor Non-GAAP Combined Predecessor
(in thousands) For the year ended January 2, 2022 For the year ended January 3, 2021 For the year ended December 29, 2019
Net sales $ 1,180,713 $ 964,310 $ 768,228
Cost of goods sold 796,804 631,572 514,430
Gross profit 383,909 332,738 253,798
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling 249,352 195,195 163,589
General and administrative 125,855 107,921 64,723
Total selling, general and administrative expenses 375,207 303,116 228,312
Gain on sale of assets
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment 1,133 188 6,028
Gain on sale of routes, net 731 2,013 7,232
Total gain on sale of assets 1,864 2,201 13,260
Income from operations 10,566 31,823 38,746
Other income (expense)
Interest expense (34,708) (39,960) (48,388)
Other (expense) income 3,551 (787) (576)
Loss on remeasurement of warrant liability 36,675 (91,851) -
Other income (expense), net 5,518 (132,598) (48,964)
Income (loss) before taxes 16,084 (100,775) (10,218)
Income tax expense 8,086 3,706 3,146
Net income (loss) 7,998 (104,481) (13,364)
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest 12,557 7,971 (2,808)
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest $ 20,555 $ (96,510) $ (16,172)
52 week Year Ended January 2, 2022 (Successor) versus 53 week Year Ended January 3, 2021 (Successor and Predecessor)
Net sales
Net sales were $1,180.7 million for the year ended January 2, 2022 and $325.6 million for the Successor period August 29, 2020 through January 3, 2021 and $638.7 million for the Predecessor period December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020. Net sales for the year ended January 2, 2022 increased $216.4 million or 22.4% over the combined fiscal year 2020. The increase in net sales for the 52 weeks ended January 2, 2022 was related to the acquisitions of H.K. Anderson, Festida, Vitner's, RW Garcia and Truco, along with increased sales across customers and geographies resulting from customer programs and pricing actions put in place to help offset inflation pressures on higher input and supply chain costs in fiscal year 2021, partially offset by an extra week of sales in fiscal 2020, which represented $15.9 million. The Company lapped higher sales that were heightened by increased in-home consumption of salty snacks due to COVID-19 and has kept a high rate of repeat customers.
IO discounts increased from $96.7 million for the combined year ended January 3, 2021 to $109.7 million for the corresponding year ended January 2, 2022. Excluding the impacts of acquisitions and changes to IO discounts, total net sales increased 0.8% for the year ended January 2, 2022 versus the corresponding period in 2020.
Net sales are evaluated based on classification as Power and Foundation brands. Power brands include our iconic heritage Utz brand and iconic ON THE BORDER®; craft brands such as Zapp’s®, Golden Flake® Pork Skins, TORTIYAHS!, and Hawaiian®; “better for you” brands such as Good Health® and Boulder Canyon®; and selected licensed brands such as TGI Fridays®. Our Foundation brands are comprised of several regional brands, including Bachman®, Golden Flake® Chips and Cheese, Tim’s Cascade® Snacks, Snyder of Berlin®, and “Dirty” Potato Chips®, R.W. Garcia® and selected licensed brands such as Herdez® as well as other partner and private label brands.
For the year ended January 2, 2022, excluding the impact of higher IO discounts and brands acquired through our H.K. Anderson, Vitner's, Truco, Festida, and R.W. Garcia acquisitions, Power Brand sales increased by approximately 3%, while Foundation Brand sales decreased approximately 3% from 2020. Growth in Power Brands was led by Utz®, Zapp’s®, TORTIYAHS!® and Golden Flake Pork® Skins brands, with strong increases across Core, Expansion and Emerging Geographies. The decline in Foundation Brands reflects our strategy to focus on our Power Brands .
Cost of goods sold and Gross profit
Gross profit was $383.9 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $105.7 million for the Successor period August 29, 2020 through January 3, 2021, and $227.1 million from for the Predecessor period December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020. Gross profit for the year ended January 2, 2022 increased $51.2 million or 15.4% over the comparable period in 2020. The increase in gross profit for fiscal year 2021 was driven by higher sales, contributions from the acquisitions of H.K. Anderson, Festida, Vitner's, RW Garcia and Truco, leveraging our existing infrastructure and available capacity, as well as the ramp-up of productivity initiatives driving improvement in manufacturing capability.
Our gross profit margin was 32.5% for the fiscal year 2021 versus 34.5% for the combined fiscal year ended 2020. IO discounts increased from $96.7 million in fiscal 2020 to $109.7 million in fiscal 2021 primarily as the result of continued route conversions to independent operators, accounting for about 1.1% of the decline in gross profit margin. The remaining reduction of gross profit margin was primarily driven by labor, freight and commodity inflation. In response to these inflationary pressures the Company initiated pricing actions, which due to timing, did not fully cover the incremental costs in fiscal 2021.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $375.2 million for the year ended January 2, 2022 with $107.5 million for the Successor period August 29, 2020 through January 3, 2021, and $195.6 million for the Predecessor period December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended January 2, 2022 increased $72.1 million or 23.8% over the comparable period in 2020. The increased expenses in fiscal year 2021 resulted mostly from higher operational costs related to H.K. Anderson, Festida, Vitner's, RW Garcia and Truco acquisitions, along with inflationary pressures and higher supply chain costs largely driven by higher freight costs, partially offset by an extra week in fiscal year 2020 and by savings due to the transition of Company owned DSD routes to independent operators.
Gain on sale of assets
Gain on sale of assets was $1.9 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $0.9 million for the Successor period August 29, 2020 through January 3, 2021 and $1.3 million for the Predecessor period December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020. The decrease in the gain on sale of assets of $0.2 million was primarily the result of a lower route conversions in 2021 offset by gains on disposals of equipment.
Other income (expense), net
Other income (expense), net was $5.5 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $(107.2) million for the Successor period August 29, 2020 through January 3, 2021, and $(25.4) million for the Predecessor period December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020. The primary change was driven by the evaluation of the company's warrants. In fiscal year 2021, the warrants resulted in a gain of $36.7 million versus a loss of $91.9 million for fiscal year 2020. Also significant was interest expense of $(34.7) million for the year ended January 2, 2022 compared to $(13.3) million for the Successor period August 29, 2020 through January 3, 2021 and $(26.7) million for the Predecessor period December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020.
Income taxes
Income taxes were an expense of $8.1 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, a benefit of $(0.3) million for the Successor period August 29, 2020 through January 3, 2021, and an expense of $4.0 million for the Predecessor period December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020.
53 week Year Ended January 3, 2021 (Successor and Predecessor) versus 52 week Year Ended December 29, 2019 (Predecessor)
Net sales
Net sales were $325.6 million for the Successor period, $638.7 million from December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020, and $768.2 million for the year ended December 29, 2019. Net sales for the combined year ended January 3, 2021 increased $196.1 million or 25.5% over the comparable period in 2019. The increase in net sales for the 53 weeks ended January 3, 2021 was related to the acquisitions of Kennedy, Kitchen Cooked, H.K. Anderson and Truco, increased sales across customers and geographies that were heightened by increased in-home consumption of salty snacks due to COVID-19, as well as a 53rd week. The 53rd week represents an increase of approximately $15.9 million.
IO discounts increased from $77.2 million for the year ended December 29, 2019 to $96.7 million for the corresponding combined year ended January 3, 2021. Excluding the impacts of acquisitions and changes to IO discounts, total net sales grew 16.7% for the combined year ended January 3, 2021 versus the corresponding period in 2019.
Net sales are evaluated based on classification as Power and Foundation brands. Power brands include our iconic heritage Utz brand and iconic ON THE BORDER®; craft brands such as Zapp’s®, Golden Flake® Pork Skins, and Hawaiian®; “better for you” brands such as Good Health® and Boulder Canyon®; and selected licensed brands such as TGI Fridays®. Our Foundation brands are comprised of several regional brands, including Bachman®, Golden Flake® Chips and Cheese, Tim’s Cascade® Snacks, Snyder of Berlin®, “Dirty” Potato Chips®, and selected licensed brands Herdez® as well as other partner and private label brands.
For the combined year ended January 3, 2021, excluding the impact of higher IO discounts and brands acquired through our Kennedy, Kitchen Cooked, H.K. Anderson and Truco acquisitions, Power Brand sales increased by approximately 14%, while Foundation Brand sales decreased approximately 1% from 2019. Growth in Power Brands was led by Utz®, Zapp’s®, TORTIYAHS!® and Golden Flake Pork® Skins brands, with strong increases across Core, Expansion and Emerging Geographies. The decline in Foundation Brands reflects our strategy to focus on our Power Brands and continued softness in food service, up-and-down-the-street customers, and the convenience channel due to COVID-19. Conversely, our Power Brands have a stronger presence in large format channels, which have performed well during this time period.
Cost of goods sold and Gross profit
Gross profit was $105.7 million for the Successor period, $227.1 million from December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020, and $253.8 million for the year ended December 29, 2019. Gross profit for the combined year ended January 3, 2021 increased $78.9 million or 31.1% over the comparable period in 2019. The increase in gross profit for fiscal year 2020 was driven by higher sales, contributions from the acquisition of Kennedy, Kitchen Cooked, H.K. Anderson and Truco, leveraging our existing infrastructure and available capacity, as well as lower per unit costs for materials and overhead driven by productivity initiatives, and lower commodity costs, which were partially offset by the amortization of acquired inventory of $5.8 million.
Our gross profit margin was 34.5% for the combined fiscal year 2020 versus 33.0% for the fiscal year ended 2019. Excluding the amortization of acquired inventory, the improvement in gross profit margin was primarily driven by the sales volume leverage on controllable overhead costs and productivity savings. IO discounts increased from $77.2 million in fiscal 2019 to $96.5 million in fiscal 2020, reducing gross profit by $19.3 million.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $107.5 million for the Successor period, $195.6 million from December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020, and $228.3 million for the year ended December 29, 2019. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the combined year ended January 3, 2021 increased $74.8 million or 33% over fiscal 2019. The increased expenses in fiscal 2020 were driven by higher transaction-related service provider fees, higher operational costs related to incremental sales volume, operating expense of the acquired Kennedy, Kitchen Cooked, H.K. Anderson and Truco businesses, higher incentive compensation expense and an additional 53rd week.
Gain on sale of assets
Gain on sale of assets was $0.9 million for the Successor period, $1.3 million from December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020, and $13.3 million for the year ended December 29, 2019. Gain on sale of assets was primarily driven by a reduction in the number of conversions of RSP routes to IO routes, which resulted in lower proceeds from the sale of routes in fiscal year 2020 compared to the same time period in fiscal year 2019. Additionally, Company owned routes were recorded at fair value as a result of the Business Combination, which resulted in increasing the IO route asset by $10.5 million.
Other (expense) income, net
Other expense, net was $107.2 million for the Successor period, $25.4 million from December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020, and $49.0 million for the year ended December 29, 2019. During the Successor period the Company recognized an expense of $91.9 million due to the remeasurement of the warrant liability. The Warrants were not part of the Predecessor and therefore no such expense is shown in the Predecessor periods. In addition, the Company incurred $2.5 million of expenses in connection with the repayment of the Senior Secured First Lien Note and incremental interest of $1.1 million and deferred financing fees that were expensed of $4.7 million related to the bridge loan in connection with the acquisition of Truco during the Successor period. Interest expense decreased $8.4 million for the combined year ended January 3, 2021, versus the fiscal year 2019. The lower interest expense was driven by a reduction in the comparative average LIBOR rate and payoff of the existing second lien term loan and subsequent origination of a new term loan with a lower fixed rate component in the fiscal fourth quarter of 2019, which favorably impacted the fiscal year 2020.
Income taxes
Income taxes were a benefit of $0.3 million for the Successor period, expense of $4.0 million for December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020, and expense of $3.1 million for the year ended December 29, 2019.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We use non-GAAP financial information and believe it is useful to investors as it provides additional information to facilitate comparisons of historical operating results, identify trends in our underlying operating results and provides additional insight and transparency on how we evaluate the business. We use non-GAAP financial measures to budget, make operating and strategic decisions, and evaluate our performance. We have detailed the non-GAAP adjustments that we make in our non-GAAP definitions below. The adjustments generally fall within the categories of non-cash items, acquisition and integration costs, business transformation initiatives, and financing-related costs. We believe the non-GAAP measures should always be considered along with the related U.S. GAAP financial measures. We have provided the reconciliations between the U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures below, and we also discuss our underlying U.S. GAAP results throughout this MD&A section.
Our primary non-GAAP financial measures are listed below and reflect how we evaluate our current and prior-year operating results. As new events or circumstances arise, these definitions could change. When the definitions change, we will provide the updated definitions and present the related non-GAAP historical results on a comparable basis.
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Further Adjusted EBITDA
We define EBITDA as Net Income before Interest, Income Taxes, and Depreciation and Amortization.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA further adjusted to exclude certain non-cash items, such as accruals for long-term incentive programs, hedging and purchase commitments adjustments, and asset impairments; Acquisition and Integration Costs; Business Transformation Initiatives; and Financing-Related Costs.
We define Further Adjusted EBITDA as Adjusted EBITDA after giving effect to pre-acquisition EBITDA of Kennedy, pre-acquisition Adjusted EBITDA of Kitchen Cooked, and pre-acquisition EBITDA of Collier Creek Holdings. We also report Further Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Pro Forma Net Sales as an additional measure to evaluate our Further Adjusted EBITDA margins on Pro Forma Net Sales.
Adjusted EBITDA is one of the key performance indicators we use in evaluating our operating performance and in making financial, operating, and planning decisions. We believe EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Further Adjusted EBITDA are useful to investors in the evaluation of Utz’s operating performance compared to other companies in the salty snack industry, as similar measures are commonly used by companies in this industry. We have also historically reported an Adjusted EBITDA metric to investors and banks for covenant compliance. We also report Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Net Sales as an additional measure for investors to evaluate our Adjusted EBITDA margins on Net Sales.
The following table provides a reconciliation from Net (Loss) Income for the Successor period from August 29,2020 through January 3, 2021 and the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 through August 28, 2020 and for the year ended January 3, 2021 (Combined).
Successor Predecessor Combined
(dollars in millions) From
August 29, 2020
through
January 3, 2021 From
December 30, 2019
through
August 28, 2020 For the year ended January 3, 2021
Net (Loss) Income $ (107.9) $ 3.4 $ (104.5)
The following table provides a reconciliation from Net Income (Loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA the year ended January 2, 2022, combined period ended January 3, 2021, and year ended December 29, 2019:
Successor Non-GAAP Combined Predecessor
(dollars in millions) For the year ended January 2, 2022 For the year ended January 3, 2021 For the year ended December 29, 2019
Net income (loss) $ 8.0 $ (104.5) $ (13.4)
Plus non-GAAP adjustments:
Income Tax Expense 8.1 3.7 3.2
Depreciation and Amortization 80.7 50.5 29.3
Interest Expense, Net 34.7 40.0 48.3
Interest Income (IO loans)(1)
(2.4) (2.4) (3.4)
EBITDA 129.1 (12.7) 64.0
Certain Non-Cash Adjustments(2)
11.6 3.2 9.4
Acquisition and Integration(3)
27.0 40.0 3.3
Business Transformation Initiatives(4)
24.5 8.8 5.1
Financing-Related Costs(5)
0.7 2.7 4.7
(Gain) loss on remeasurement of warrant liability(6)
(36.7) 91.9 -
Adjusted EBITDA 156.2 133.9 86.5
Adjusted EBITDA as a % of Net Sales 13.2 % 13.9 % 11.3 %
Adjustment to remove 53rd week - (3.1) -
Conagra DSD Snacks (Kennedy) Pre-Acquisition EBITDA(7)
- - 9.9
Kitchen Cooked Pre-Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA(7)
- - 0.5
HKA Pre-Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA(7)
- 1.1 1.6
Vitner's Pre-Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA(7)
- 2.0 2.0
Truco Pre-Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA(7)
- 47.5 31.1
Festida Pre-Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA(7)
2.6 5.9 4.1
R.W. Garcia Pre-Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA(7)
5.4 5.4 5.0
Further Adjusted EBITDA $ 164.2 $ 192.7 $ 140.7
(1)Interest Income from IO Loans refers to Interest Income that we earn from IO notes receivable that have resulted from our initiatives to transition from RSP distribution to IO distribution. (“Business Transformation Initiatives”). There is a Notes Payable recorded that mirrors the IO notes receivable, and the interest expense associated with the Notes Payable is part of the Interest Expense, Net adjustment.
(2)Certain Non-Cash Adjustments are comprised primarily of the following:
Incentive programs - Utz Quality Foods, LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary, established the 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2018 LTIP”) for employees in February 2018. The Company recorded income of $3.0 million for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020. The income was the result of the conversion rate of the 2018 LTIP Phantom Units into the 2020 LTIP RSUs. The Company recorded expenses of $6.5 million in 2019. Expenses incurred for the 2018 LTIP are non-operational in nature and are expected to decline upon the vesting of the remaining phantom units from fiscal year 2018 and fiscal year 2019 at the end of fiscal year 2021. The phantom units under the 2018 LTIP were converted into the 2020 LTIP RSUs as part of the Business Combination. Additionally, the Company incurred $13.0 million and $10.6 million of share-based compensation for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for fiscal 2021, respectively.
Purchase Commitments and Other Adjustments - We have purchased commitments for specific quantities at fixed prices for certain of our products’ key ingredients. To facilitate comparisons of our underlying operating results, this adjustment was made to remove the volatility of purchase commitment related unrealized gains and losses.
Asset Impairments and Write-Offs - There were no adjustments for impairments recorded in 2021 or 2020. However, we did record an impairment on certain trade name intangible brand assets in fiscal year 2019 totaling $3.8 million. The impairment recorded in fiscal year 2019 was for a brand acquired from Inventure.
(3)Adjustment for Acquisition and Integration Costs - This is primarily comprised of the following: (i) consulting, transaction services, and legal fees incurred for acquisitions and certain potential acquisitions; (ii) integration and restructuring costs related to recently completed acquisitions; and (iii) costs associated with reclaiming distribution rights from distributors. In 2021, acquisition related costs included $9.5 million of expense related to reclaiming distribution rights through purchases and terminations, in addition to $7.1 million of expense for the three acquired entities and the evaluation of other potential acquisition targets. Additionally in 2021, we incurred $10.2 million of expenses related to restructuring and integration costs related to recent acquisitions. In 2020, the majority of charges are related to costs incurred for the Business Combination, the HK Anderson acquisition, and the Truco acquisition, and related integration expenditures where we incurred costs of $40.0 million. In 2019, we incurred net expenses of $3.3 million related to acquisition expenses, which was partly offset by a $4.6 million gain from the sale of a manufacturing plant in Denver, CO previously written down as part of the Inventure Foods acquisition.
(4)Business Transformation Initiatives - This adjustment is related to consultancy, professional, and legal fees incurred for specific initiatives and structural changes to the business that do not reflect the cost of normal business operations. In addition, certain pre-Business Combination Rice/Lissette family-related costs incurred but not part of normal business operations, and gains realized from the sale of distribution rights to IOs and the subsequent disposal of trucks, offset by severance costs associated with the elimination of RSP positions, fall into this category. Additionally, in 2021, we incurred certain one-time costs of $3.3 million associated with the damage of a manufacturing facility, net of expected proceeds from insurance policies, and one-time expenses as a result of COVID-19 of $1.9 million. In 2021, total net cost was $24.5 million compared to $8.8 million and $5.1 million net cost for the 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2021 costs is primarily a result of increased IO conversions, enhancements in our supply chain capabilities and costs associated with our transition of IT systems, including a new ERP.
(5)Financing-Related Costs - These costs include adjustments for various items related to raising debt and preferred equity capital. In 2021, we incurred $0.7 million of expense compared to fiscal 2020, and 2019 expenses of $2.7 million and $4.7 million, respectively. In 2020 we incurred $2.5 million of expenses related to a prepayment penalty for the pay-down of debt and in 2019, these costs include expenses related to the sale of preferred and common units by Series U, Series R, and SRS to an outside investor, the repayment of the Second Lien Term Loan, and the issuance of the Secured First Lien Note to finance the Kennedy Acquisition.
(6)(Gain) or loss related to the changes in the remeasurement of warrant liabilities are not expected to be settled in cash, and when exercised would result in a cash inflow to the Company with the Warrants converting to Class A Common Stock with the liability being extinguished and the fair value of the Warrants at the time of exercise being recorded as an increase to equity.
(7)Pre-Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA- This adjustment represents the adjusted EBITDA of acquired companies prior to the acquisition date.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The following table presents net cash provided by operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the year ended January 2, 2022, fiscal periods ended January 3, 2021 and August 28, 2020, and year ended December 29, 2019.
Successor Predecessor
(in thousands) For the year ended January 2, 2022 From
August 29, 2020
through
January 3, 2021 From
December 30, 2019
through
August 28, 2020 For the year ended December 29, 2019
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities $ 48,387 $ (932) $ 30,627 $ 27,992
Net cash used in investing activities (136,098) (681,882) (21,516) (115,882)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 82,778 241,973 (10,451) 96,029
For the period ended January 2, 2022, our consolidated cash balance, including cash equivalents, was $41.9 million or $4.9 million lower than at January 3, 2021. Net cash provided by operating activities for the fifty-two weeks ended January 2, 2022 was $48.4 million compared to $29.7 million for the combined fiscal year ended January 3, 2021, with the difference largely driven by the increase in the non-cash expenses of depreciation and amortization, driven largely by the fair value adjustments to Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangibles as part of the Business Combination. Cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022 was $136.1 million mostly driven by the acquisitions of Vitner's, Festida, and R.W. Garcia and capital expenditures of $31.7 million, versus cash used in investing activity of $703.4 million for the combined fiscal year ended January 3, 2021, which was largely driven by the Business Combination, acquisition of Truco and IP purchase of the On the Border tradename. Net cash provided by financing activities was $82.8 million for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2022, which was primarily a result of an increase in term and equipment loans and exercise of warrants, versus net cash provided by financing activities of $231.5 million for the combined fiscal year ended January 3, 2021, which was primarily a result of the bridge credit agreement for the acquisition of Truco and exercise of warrants.
Financing Arrangements
The primary objective of our financing strategy is to maintain a prudent capital structure that provides us flexibility to pursue our growth objectives. We use short-term debt as management determines is reasonable, principally to finance ongoing operations, including our seasonal requirements for working capital (generally accounts receivable, inventory, and prepaid expenses and other current assets, less accounts payable, accrued payroll, and other accrued liabilities), and a combination of equity and long-term debt to finance both our base working capital needs and our non-current assets.
Revolving Credit Facility
On November 21, 2017, UBH entered into an asset based revolving credit facility (as amended, the “ABL facility”) in an initial aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million. The ABL facility was set to expire on the fifth anniversary of closing, or November 21, 2022. On April 1, 2020, the ABL facility was amended to increase the credit limit up to $116.0 million and to extend the maturity through August 22, 2024. On December 18, 2020, the ABL facility was amended to increase the credit limit up to $161.0 million. As of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, $36.0 million and $0.0 million were outstanding under this facility. Availability under the ABL facility is based on a monthly accounts receivable and inventory borrowing base certification, which is net of outstanding letters of credit and amounts borrowed. As of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, $96.9 million and $106.4 million, respectively, was available for borrowing, net of letters of credit. The facility bears interest at an annual rate based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 1.50% (ranging from 1.50% to 2.00% based on availability) or the prime rate plus an applicable margin of 0.50% (ranging from 0.50% to 1.00%). Had the Company elected to use the Prime rate, the interest rate on the facility as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021 would have been 3.75%. The Company elected to use the LIBOR rate, the interest rate on the ABL facility as of January 2, 2022 was 1.58%. Had there been outstanding balances and the Company elected to use the LIBOR rate, the interest rate on the ABL facility as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021 would have been 1.60% and 1.64%, respectively. The ABL facility is also subject to unused line fees (0.5% at January 2, 2022) and other fees and expenses.
Standby letters of credit in the amount of $10.3 million and $14.1 million have been issued as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively. The standby letters of credit are primarily issued for insurance purposes.
Term debt and financing obligations
On November 21, 2017, the Company entered into a First Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “First Lien Term Loan”) in a principal amount of $535.0 million and a Second Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Second Lien Term Loan”, and collectively with the First Lien Term Loan, the “Term Loans”) in a principal amount of $125.0 million. The proceeds of the Term Loans were used to refinance the Company’s January 2017 credit facility and fund the acquisition of Inventure Foods and the repurchase of the predecessor membership units held by a minority investor.
The First Lien Term Loan requires quarterly principal payments of $1.3 million beginning March 2018, with a balloon payment due for any remaining balance on the seventh anniversary of closing, or November 21, 2024. On August 28, 2020, as part of the Business Combination (as described in Note 1. "Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 2. "Acquisitions") an advance payment of principal was made on the First Lien Term Loan of $111.6 million, as such no principal payments are due until November 21, 2024.
The Company incurred closing and other costs associated with the Term Loans, which were allocated to each loan on a specific identification basis based on original principal amounts. Finance fees allocated to the First Lien Term Loan and the Second Lien Term Loan were $10.7 million and $4.1 million, respectively, which are presented net within “non-current portion of debt” on the consolidated balance sheets for the Predecessor periods. Deferred fees are amortized ratably over the respective lives of each term loan. Deferred fees associated with the term loans under the January 2017 credit agreement were fully expensed during 2017 and other deferred financing fees were derecognized as a result of the Business Combination as described in the Note 1 "Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 2. "Acquisitions".
On October 1, 2019, the Company repaid the Second Lien Term Loan with the proceeds of the sale of preferred and common units by Series U, Series R, and SRS. The Company accounted for the repayment of the Second Lien Term Loan as a debt extinguishment as the investors who purchased the preferred units and common units were not parties to the Second Lien Term Loan. The total repayment was $126.3 million, and resulted in a loss on early extinguishment of approximately $4.3 million.
Separately, on October 21, 2019, the Company entered into a Senior Secured First Lien Floating Rate Note (the “Secured First Lien Note”) in a principal amount of $125.0 million. Proceeds from the Secured First Lien Note were used primarily to finance the Kennedy Acquisition. The Secured First Lien Note requires quarterly interest payments, with a repayment of principal on the maturity date of November 21, 2024.
On December 14, 2020, the Company entered into a Bridge Credit Agreement with a syndicate of banks, led by Bank of America, N.A. (the “Bridge Credit Agreement”). The proceeds of the Bridge Credit Agreement were used to fund the Company’s acquisition of Truco and the IP Purchase from OTB Acquisition, LLC, in which the Company withdrew $490.0 million to finance the Truco Acquisition and IP Purchase. As of January 3, 2021, the outstanding balance of the Bridge Credit Agreement was $370.0 million, with $120.0 million being repaid from the redemption of the Company's warrants. Commitment fees and deferred financing costs on the Bridge Credit Agreement totaled $7.2 million, of which $2.6 million remained on the books as of January 3, 2021. On January 20, 2021, the Bridge Credit Agreement was repaid in full by the refinancing of term debt. In connection with Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, and a $12.0 million repayment in the first quarter of 2021, the outstanding balance of $370.0 million was repaid in full and the Bridge Credit Agreement was terminated.
On January 20, 2021, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement ("Amendment No. 2") which provided additional operating flexibility and revisions to certain restrictive covenants. Pursuant to the terms of Amendment No. 2, the Company raised $720 million in aggregate principal of Term Loan B ("Term Loan B") which bears interest at LIBOR plus 3.00%, and extended the maturity of the Credit Agreement to January 20, 2028. The proceeds were used, together with cash on hand and proceeds from our exercised warrants, to redeem the outstanding principal amount of existing Term Loan B and Bridge Credit Agreement of $410 million and $358 million, respectively. The refinancing was accounted for as an extinguishment. The Company incurred debt issuance costs and original issuance discounts of $8.4 million.
On June 22, 2021, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement ("Amendment No. 3"). Pursuant to the terms of Amendment No. 3, the Company increased the principal balance of Term Loan B by $75.0 million to bring the aggregated balance of Term Loan B proceeds to $795.0 million, of which $787.2 million remains outstanding as of January 2, 2022. The Company incurred additional debt issuance costs and original issuance discounts of $0.7 million related to the incremental funding.
The First Lien Term Loan, the Secured First Lien Note, Term Loan B, and the ABL facility are collateralized by substantially all of the assets of UBH and its subsidiaries, including equity interests in certain of UBH’s subsidiaries. The credit agreements contain certain affirmative and negative covenants as to operations and the financial condition of UBH and its subsidiaries. UBH and its subsidiaries were in compliance with its financial covenant as of January 2, 2022.
In July 2021, the Company entered into two separate finance lease obligations with Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC. In the first agreement, we agreed to sell and lease-back certain manufacturing equipment and warehouse/distribution equipment for $13.0 million with an interest rate of 3.26%. In the second agreement, we drew $9.8 million related to certain manufacturing equipment and warehouse/distribution equipment. Only interest is due on these loans until the capital projects are completed. In November 2021, we entered into an additional two agreements for $1.5 million with an interest rate of 3.97% and $2.2 million with an interest rate of 3.98%.
Derivative Financial Instruments
To reduce the effect of interest rate fluctuations, the Company entered into a three year interest rate swap contract on September 6, 2019, with an effective date of September 30, 2019, with a counter party to make a series of payments based on a fixed interest rate of 1.339% and receive a series of payments based on the greater of LIBOR or 0.00%. Both the fixed and floating payment streams are based on a notional amount of $250 million. On December 21, 2021, with an effective date of December 31, 2021, the Company entered into an accreting interest rate swap contract with a counter party to make a series of payments based on a fixed interest rate of 1.3885% and receive a series of payments based on the greater of LIBOR or 0.00%. Both the fixed and floating payment streams are based on a notional amount of $250 million, accreting to $500 million and maturing on September 30, 2026. The Company entered into these transaction to reduce its exposure to changes in cash flows associated with its variable rate debt and has designated this derivative as a cash flow hedge. At January 2, 2022, the effective fixed interest rate on the long-term debt hedged by these contract was 3.5%. For further treatment of the Company’s interest rate swap, refer to “Note 10. Fair Value Measurements” and “Note 13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income.”
IO Loan Commitments
During fiscal 2019, the Company sold $33.2 million of notes receivable from IOs on its books for $34.1 million in a series of transactions to a financial institution. During fiscal 2021, the Company sold an additional $11.8 million of notes receivable from IOs on its books for $12.5 million in a series of transactions to a financial institution. Due to the structure of the transactions, they did not qualify for sale accounting treatment and the Company has recorded the notes payable obligation owed by the IOs to the financial institution on its books; the corresponding notes receivable also remained on the Company’s books. The Company services the loans for the financial institution by collecting principal and interest from the IOs and passing it through to the institution. The underlying notes have various maturity dates through April 2030. The outstanding balance of notes purchased by Bank of America at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021 was $19.7 million and $16.5 million, respectively. The Company partially guarantees the outstanding loans, as discussed in further detail within “Note 12. Contingencies”. The maximum amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these guarantees equates to 25% of the outstanding loan balance on the first day of each calendar year plus 25% of the amount of any new loans issued during such calendar year. These loans are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Accordingly, the Company has the ability to recover substantially all of the outstanding loan value upon default.
The Company guarantees loans made to IOs by M&T Bank for the purchase of routes. The agreement with M&T Bank was amended in January 2020 so that the Company guaranteed up to 25% of the greater of the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding on the payment date or January 1st of the subject year. The outstanding balance of loans guaranteed was $4.9 million and $6.6 million at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively, all of which was on balance sheet. These loans are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Accordingly, the Company has the ability to recover substantially all of the outstanding loan value upon default.
Other Notes Payable and Finance Leases
During the first fiscal quarter of 2020, the Company closed on the acquisition of Kitchen Cooked, and the acquisition included a deferred purchase price of $2.0 million, of which $1.0 million was still outstanding as of January 3, 2021 and the remaining balance was repaid in fiscal year 2021. Additionally, during the first fiscal quarter of 2020, the Company purchased intellectual property that include a deferred purchase price of $0.5 million, of which $0.4 million and $0.5 million was outstanding as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively.
During the third quarter of 2021, the Company recorded liabilities related primarily to reclaiming distribution rights from distributors, of which $1.3 million was outstanding as of January 2, 2022.
Amounts outstanding under notes payable consisted of the following:
(in thousands) As of
January 2, 2022
As of January 3, 2021
Note payable - IO notes $ 24,822 $ 23,106
Finance lease obligations 8,166 8,967
Other 1,678 1,509
Total notes payable 34,666 33,582
Less: current portion (9,957) (9,018)
Long term portion of notes payable $ 24,709 $ 24,564
Interest expense consisted of the following:
Successor Predecessor
(in thousands) Year Ended January 2, 2022 From
August 29, 2020
through
January 3, 2021 From
December 30, 2019
through
August 28, 2020 Year Ended December 29, 2019
Company’s ABL facility and other long-term debt $ 29,270 $ 7,911 $ 23,350 $ 43,688
Amortization of deferred financing fees 3,847 4,721 1,743 2,101
IO loans 1,591 669 1,566 2,599
Total interest $ 34,708 $ 13,301 $ 26,659 $ 48,388
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Purchase Commitments
The Company has outstanding purchase commitments for specific quantities at fixed prices for certain key ingredients to economically hedge commodity input prices. These purchase commitments totaled $34.7 million as of January 2, 2022. The Company accrues for losses on firm purchase commitments in a loss position at the end of each reporting period to the extent that there is an active observable market. The Company has recorded purchase commitment gain (losses) totaling $2.8 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $0.9 million and $(0.7) million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and $0.9 million for the year ended December 29, 2019, respectively.
IO Guarantees Off Balance Sheet
The Company partially guarantees loans made to IOs by Cadence Bank for the purchase of routes. The outstanding balance of loans guaranteed was $2.2 million and $4.1 million at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively, all of which was recorded by the Company as an off balance sheet arrangement. The maximum amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under the guarantees equates to 25% of the outstanding loan balance up to $2.0 million. These loans are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Accordingly, the Company has the ability to recover substantially all of the outstanding loan value upon default.
The Company partially guarantees loans made to IOs by Bank of America for the purchase of routes. The outstanding balance of loans guaranteed that were issued by Bank of America was $18.6 million and $7.1 million at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively, which are off balance sheet.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1. "Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies," to the audited condensed consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
General
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. While the majority of our revenue, expenses, assets and liabilities are not based on estimates, there are certain accounting principles that require management to make estimates regarding matters that are uncertain and susceptible to change. Critical accounting policies are defined as those policies that are reflective of significant judgments, estimates and uncertainties, which could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Management regularly reviews the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements for reasonableness and adequacy. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1. "Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies", of the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K; however, the following discussion pertains to accounting policies we believe are most critical to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and that require significant, difficult, subjective or complex judgments. Other companies in similar businesses may use different estimation policies and methodologies, which may affect the comparability of our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows to those of other companies.
Revenue Recognition
Our revenues primarily consist of the sale of salty snack items that are sold through DSD and Direct-To-Warehouse distribution methods, either directly to retailers or via distributors. We sell to supermarkets, mass merchandisers, club warehouses, convenience stores and other large-scale retailers, merchants, distributors, brokers, wholesalers, and IOs (which are third party businesses). These revenue contracts generally have a single performance obligation. Revenue, which includes shipping and handling charges billed to the customer, is reported net of variable consideration and consideration payable to customers, including applicable discounts, returns, allowances, trade promotion, consumer coupon redemption, unsaleable product, and other costs. Amounts billed and due from customers are classified as receivables and require payment on a short-term basis and, therefore, we do not have any significant financing components.
We recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of the goods to customers. Control is transferred upon delivery of the goods to the customer. Shipping and/or handling costs that occur before the customer obtains control of the goods are deemed to be fulfillment activities and are accounted for as fulfillment costs. Applicable shipping and handling are included in customer billing and are recorded as revenue as products’ control is transferred to customers. We assess the goods promised in customers’ purchase orders and identify a performance obligation for each promise to transfer a good that is distinct.
We offer various forms of trade promotions and the methodologies for determining these provisions are dependent on local customer pricing and promotional practices, which range from contractually fixed percentage price reductions to provisions based on actual occurrence or performance. Our promotional activities are conducted either through the retail trade or directly with consumers and include activities such as in store displays and events, feature price discounts, consumer coupons, and loyalty programs. The costs of these activities are recognized at the time the related revenue is recorded, which normally precedes the actual cash expenditure. The recognition of these costs therefore requires management judgment regarding the volume of promotional offers that will be redeemed by either the retail trade customer or consumer. These estimates are made using various techniques including historical data on performance of similar promotional programs. In 2019, we implemented a system that improves our ability to analyze and estimate the reserve for unpaid costs relating to our promotional activities. Differences between estimated expense and actual redemptions are recognized as a change in management estimate as the actual redemption is incurred.
Distribution Route Purchase and Sale Transactions
We purchase and sell distribution routes as a part of our maintenance of our DSD network. As new IOs are identified, we either sell our existing routes to the IOs or sell routes that were previously purchased by us to the IOs. Gain/loss from the sale of a distribution route is recorded upon the completion of the sale transaction and signing of the relevant documents and is calculated based on the difference between the sale price of the distribution route and the asset carrying value of the distribution route as of the date of sale. We record intangible assets for distribution routes that we purchase based on the payment that we make to acquire the route and record the purchased distribution routes as indefinite-lived intangible assets under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other. The indefinite lived intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangibles
We allocate the cost of acquired companies to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remaining amount classified as goodwill. The identification and valuation of these intangible assets and the determination of the estimated useful lives at the time of acquisition, as well as the completion of impairment tests, require significant management judgments and estimates. These estimates are made based on, among other factors, review of projected future operating results and business plans, economic projections, anticipated highest and best use of future cash flows and the cost of capital. The use of alternative estimates and assumptions could increase or decrease the estimated fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets, and potentially result in a different impact to our results of operations. Further, changes in business strategy and/or market conditions may significantly impact these judgments and thereby impact the fair value of these assets, which could result in an impairment of the goodwill or intangible assets.
Finite-lived intangible assets consist of distribution/customer relationships, technology, trademarks and non-compete agreements. These assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives. Finite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment only when management has determined that potential impairment indicators are present.
Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets (including trade names, master distribution rights and Company owned routes) are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances change that indicate impairment may have occurred. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level.
As we have early adopted Accounting Standards Update 2017-04, simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, we will record an impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over our fair value.
ASC 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets also permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform quantitative impairment tests for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles. If an entity believes, as a result of each qualitative assessment, it is more likely than not that goodwill or an indefinite-lived intangible asset is not impaired, a quantitative impairment test is not required.
For the qualitative analysis performed, which took place on the first day of the fourth quarter, we have taken into consideration all the events and circumstances listed in FASB ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, in addition to other entity-specific factors that have taken place from the period of the business combination, which assessed goodwill, on August 28, 2020. Our fiscal year 2021 qualitative analysis concluded that Goodwill and all but one of our intangible assets is not more likely than not to be impaired. We performed a quantitative impairment test on the intangible asset during which we compared the fair value of the intangible, using a relief from royalty method, to the carrying value of the asset and determined that the intangible asset was not impaired.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes pursuant to the asset and liability method of ASC 740, Income Taxes, which require us to recognize current tax liabilities or receivables for the amount of taxes we estimate are payable or refundable for the current year, and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases of assets and liabilities and the expected benefits of net operating loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period enacted. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that a portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and the reversal of deferred tax liabilities during the period in which related temporary differences become deductible.
Under the terms of the TRA as part of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company generally will be required to pay to the Continuing Members 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax based on its ownership in UBH that the Company is deemed to realize in certain circumstances as a result of the increases in tax basis and certain tax attributes resulting from the Business Combination. This is accounted for in conjunction with the methods used to record income tax described above.
We follow the provisions of ASC 740-10 related to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. ASC 740-10 prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.
The benefit of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in our income tax returns is recognized in the financial statements if such positions are more likely than not of being sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Differences between tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to the interpretation are referred to as “unrecognized benefits”. A liability is recognized (or amount of net operating loss carryover or amount of tax refundable is reduced) for an unrecognized tax benefit because it represents an enterprise’s potential future obligation to the taxing authority for a tax position that was not recognized as a result of applying the provisions of ASC 740-10. Interest costs and related penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are required to be calculated, if applicable. Our policy is to classify assessments, if any, for tax related interest as interest expense and penalties as selling, general and administrative expenses. As of January 2, 2022, and January 3, 2021, no liability for unrecognized tax benefits was required to be reported. We do not expect any significant changes in our unrecognized tax benefits in the next year.
Business Combinations
We evaluate acquisitions of assets and other similar transactions to assess whether or not the transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or asset acquisition by first applying a screen test to determine if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets. If the screen is met, the transaction is accounted for as an asset acquisition. If the screen is not met, further determination is required as to whether or not we have acquired inputs and processes that have the ability to create outputs which would meet the definition of a business. Significant judgment is required in the application of the screen test to determine whether an acquisition is a business combination or an acquisition of assets.
We use the acquisition method in accounting for acquired businesses. Under the acquisition method, our financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

---

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to certain commodity and interest rate risks as part of our ongoing business operations. We may use derivative financial instruments, where appropriate, to manage some of these risks related to interest rates. We do not use derivatives for trading purposes.
Commodity Risk
We purchase certain raw materials that are subject to price volatility caused by weather, market conditions, growing and harvesting conditions, governmental actions and other factors beyond our control. Our most significant raw material requirements include potatoes, oil, flour, wheat, corn, cheese, spices, and seasonings. We also purchase packaging materials that are subject to price volatility. In the normal course of business, in order to mitigate the risks of volatility in commodity markets to which we are exposed, we enter into forward purchase agreements with certain suppliers based on market prices, forward price projections and expected usage levels. Amounts committed under these forward purchase agreements are discussed in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the section “Derivative Financial Instruments.”
Interest Rate Risk
Our variable-rate debt obligations incur interest at floating rates based on changes in the LIBOR rate. To manage exposure to changing interest rates, we selectively enter into interest rate swap agreements to maintain a desired proportion of fixed to variable-rate debt. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the section “Derivative Financial Instruments” for further information related to our interest rate swap agreements. While these interest rate swap agreements fixed a portion of the interest rate at a predictable level, interest expense would have been $3.1 million lower and equivalent without these swaps during the year ended January 2, 2022. Including the effect of the interest rate swap agreement, the weighted average interest rate was 3.5% and 4.4%, respectively, as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021. A 1% increase in the LIBOR rate would have resulted in an additional $5.1 million of interest expense during the fiscal year 2021.
Credit Risk
We are exposed to credit risks related to our accounts and notes receivable. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers to minimize the potential exposure. We experienced no material credit losses during the fiscal years of 2021 or 2020. During the year ended January 2, 2022 and the combined year ended January 3, 2021, net bad debt expense was $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Our reserve for potential future bad debt was $1.4 million as of January 2, 2022 and $0.2 million as of January 3, 2021.

---

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Index to the Financial Statements Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Grant Thornton LLP, Philadelphia, PA, PCAOB ID Number 248)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (Grant Thornton LLP, Philadelphia, PA, PCAOB ID Number 248)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021
Consolidated Statements of Operations And Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended January 2, 2022, fiscal periods ended January 3, 2021 and August 28, 2020, and year ended December 29, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the year ended January 2, 2022, fiscal periods ended January 3, 2021 and August 28, 2020, and year ended December 29, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended January 2, 2022, fiscal periods ended January 3, 2021 and August 28, 2020, and year ended December 29, 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Utz Brands, Inc.
Opinion on the financial statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Utz Brands, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the "Company" or "Successor") as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), equity (deficit), and cash flows of the Successor and Utz Brands Holdings, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company) ("Predecessor") for the year ended January 2, 2022 (Successor), the periods from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 (Successor) and December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 29, 2019 (Predecessor), and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended January 2, 2022 (Successor), the periods from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 (Successor) and December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 29, 2019 (Predecessor) in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2022, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated March 3, 2022 expressed include an unqualified opinion.
Change in accounting principle
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases in 2021 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, Leases (Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842).
Basis for opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical audit matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Customer trade promotions
As described further in note 1 (Revenue Recognition) to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recorded a provision for customer trade allowances, consisting primarily of pricing allowances and programs associated with sales to customers. The costs of these activities are recognized at the time the related revenue is recorded, which normally precedes the actual cash expenditure. The reserve recorded requires management judgment regarding the volume of promotional offers that will be redeemed by either the retail trade customer or consumer. These estimates are made using various techniques including historical data on performance of similar promotional programs. The Company’s reserve for customer trade allowances as of January 2, 2022 was $26.5 million.
The principal consideration for our determination that customer trade promotions is a critical audit matter is due to uncertainty around the amount and timing of settlements, which typically occur in a period subsequent to the related sales transactions.
Our audit procedures related to the customer trade promotions included the following, among others. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s trade promotions process at disaggregated levels. This included controls related to the recording of the Company’s current trade spending and calculations of the trade reserves. We analyzed the reserve by trade promotion type to identify unusual trends. We assessed the Company’s historical ability to accurately estimate its customer trade allowances by comparing historical estimates to final settlements. We compared a sample of settlements subsequent to period end to the amount previously recognized by the Company.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 3, 2022
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Utz Brands, Inc.
Opinion on internal control over financial reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Utz Brands, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 2, 2022, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2022, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended January 2, 2022, and our report dated March 3, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 3, 2022
Utz Brands, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021
(In thousands, except share information)
As of
January 2, 2022 As of
January 3, 2021
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents $ 41,898 $ 46,831
Accounts receivable, less allowance of $1,391 and $239, respectively
131,388 118,305
Inventories 79,517 59,810
Prepaid expenses and other assets 18,395 11,573
Current portion of notes receivable 6,706 7,666
Total current assets 277,904 244,185
Non-current Assets
Property, plant and equipment, net 303,807 270,416
Goodwill 915,438 862,183
Intangible assets, net 1,142,509 1,171,709
Non-current portion of notes receivable 20,725 20,000
Other assets 55,963 15,671
Total non-current assets 2,438,442 2,339,979
Total assets $ 2,716,346 $ 2,584,164
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Current portion of term debt $ 11,414 $ 469
Current portion of other notes payable 9,957 9,018
Accounts payable 95,369 57,254
Accrued expenses and other 71,280 80,788
Current portion of warrant liability - 52,580
Total current liabilities 188,020 200,109
Non-current portion of term debt 830,548 778,000
Non-current portion of other notes payable 24,709 24,564
Non-current accrued expenses and other 55,838 37,771
Non-current warrant liability 46,224 85,032
Deferred tax liability 136,334 73,786
Total non-current liabilities 1,093,653 999,153
Total liabilities 1,281,673 1,199,262
Commitments and contingencies
Equity
Shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 77,644,645 and 71,094,714 shares issued and outstanding as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively.
8 7
Shares of Class V Common Stock, $0.0001 par value; 61,249,000 shares authorized; 59,349,000 and 60,349,000 shares issued and outstanding as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively.
6 6
Additional paid-in capital 912,574 793,461
Accumulated deficit (236,598) (241,490)
Accumulated other comprehensive income 3,715 924
Total stockholders' equity 679,705 552,908
Noncontrolling interest 754,968 831,994
Total equity 1,434,673 1,384,902
Total liabilities and equity $ 2,716,346 $ 2,584,164
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Utz Brands, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
For the year ended January 2, 2022, fiscal periods ended January 3, 2021 and August 28, 2020, and year ended December 29, 2019
(In thousands, except share information)
Successor Predecessor
For the year ended January 2, 2022 From
August 29, 2020
through
January 3, 2021 From
December 30, 2019
through
August 28, 2020 For the year ended December 29, 2019
Net sales $ 1,180,713 $ 325,648 $ 638,662 $ 768,228
Cost of goods sold 796,804 219,977 411,595 514,430
Gross profit 383,909 105,671 227,067 253,798
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling 249,352 63,616 131,579 163,589
General and administrative 125,855 43,871 64,050 64,723
Total selling, general and administrative expenses 375,207 107,487 195,629 228,312
Gain on sale of assets
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment, net 1,133 109 79 6,028
Gain on sale of routes, net 731 749 1,264 7,232
Total gain on sale of assets 1,864 858 1,343 13,260
Income (loss) from operations 10,566 (958) 32,781 38,746
Other income (expense)
Interest expense (34,708) (13,301) (26,659) (48,388)
Other income (expense) 3,551 (2,058) 1,271 (576)
Gain (loss) on remeasurement of warrant liability 36,675 (91,851) - -
Other income (expense), net 5,518 (107,210) (25,388) (48,964)
Income (loss) before income taxes 16,084 (108,168) 7,393 (10,218)
Income tax expense (benefit) 8,086 (267) 3,973 3,146
Net income (loss) 7,998 (107,901) 3,420 (13,364)
Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interest 12,557 7,971 - (2,808)
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest $ 20,555 $ (99,930) $ 3,420 $ (16,172)
Earnings per share of Class A Common Stock:
(in dollars)
Basic $ 0.26 $ (1.64)
Diluted $ 0.25 $ (1.64)
Weighted-average shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding
Basic 76,677,981 61,085,943
Diluted 81,090,229 61,085,943
Other comprehensive gain (loss):
Change in fair value of interest rate swap $ 2,791 $ 924 $ (7,463) $ 1,408
Comprehensive income (loss) $ 23,346 $ (99,006) $ (4,043) $ (14,764)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Utz Brands, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY (DEFICIT)
For the year ended January 2, 2022, fiscal periods ended January 3, 2021 and August 28, 2020, and year ended December 29, 2019
(In thousands, except share information)
Predecessor Members'
(Deficit) Equity Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income Noncontrolling Interest Total (Deficit) Equity
Balance at December 30, 2018 $ (119,971) $ - $ (11,345) $ (131,316)
Net (loss) income (16,172) - 2,808 (13,364)
Other comprehensive income - 1,408 - 1,408
Contributions from members and noncontrolling interest 120,158 - 3,750 123,908
Distributions to members and noncontrolling interest (11,461) - (2,527) (13,988)
Balance at December 29, 2019 (27,446) 1,408 (7,314) (33,352)
Net income 3,420 - - 3,420
Other comprehensive loss - (7,463) - (7,463)
Merger of noncontrolling interest (7,314) - 7,314 -
Distributions to members (6,415) - - (6,415)
Balance at August 28, 2020 $ (37,755) $ (6,055) $ - $ (43,810)
Class A Common Stock Class V Common Stock Additional Paid-in Capital Accumulated (Deficit) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Total Stockholders' Equity Non-controlling Interest Total Equity
Successor Shares Amount Shares Amount
Balance at August 29, 2020 57,369,050 $ 6 57,765,978 $ 6 $ 472,329 $ (134,331) $ - $ 338,010 $ 950,768 $ 1,288,778
Conversion of Restricted Sponsor Shares 2,000,000 - - - - - - - -
Conversion of Continuing Members' Retained Restricted Units - 3,483,022 - - - - - - -
Conversion of warrants 10,825,664 1 - 299,867 - - 299,868 (88,255) 211,613
Share-based compensation - - 6,790 - - 6,790 - 6,790
Exchange 900,000 - (900,000) - 13,724 - - 13,724 (13,724) -
Tax impact arising from exchanges and conversion of warrants, net of valuation allowance of $45,993
- - 751 - - 751 741 1,492
Net loss - - - (99,930) - (99,930) (7,971) (107,901)
Other comprehensive income - - - - 924 924 - 924
Dividends declared ($0.11 per share of Class A Common Stock)
- - - (7,229) - (7,229) - (7,229)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest - - - - - - (9,565) (9,565)
Balance at January 3, 2021 71,094,714 7 60,349,000 6 793,461 (241,490) 924 552,908 831,994 1,384,902
Conversion of warrants 4,976,717 - - 144,659 - - 144,659 (32,714) 111,945
Tax impact arising from exchanges and exercises of warrants - - (51,455) - - (51,455) - (51,455)
Share-based compensation 573,214 1 - 12,960 - - 12,961 - 12,961
Exchange 1,000,000 - (1,000,000) - 12,949 - - 12,949 (12,949) -
Net income - - - 20,555 - 20,555 (12,557) 7,998
Other comprehensive income - - - - 2,791 2,791 - 2,791
Dividends declared ($0.204 per share of Class A Common Stock)
- - - (15,663) - (15,663) - (15,663)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest - - - - - - (18,806) (18,806)
Balance at January 2, 2022 77,644,645 77,645 $ 8 59,349,000 $ 6 $ 912,574 $ (236,598) $ 3,715 $ 679,705 $ 754,968 $ 1,434,673
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Utz Brands, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the year ended January 2, 2022, fiscal periods ended January 3, 2021 and August 28, 2020, and year ended December 29, 2019
(In thousands)
Successor Predecessor
For the year ended January 2, 2022 From
August 29, 2020
through
January 3, 2021 From
December 30, 2019
through
August 28, 2020 For the year ended December 29, 2019
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss) $ 7,998 $ (107,901) $ 3,420 $ (13,364)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Impairment and other charges - - - 3,880
Depreciation and amortization 80,725 20,688 24,055 29,290
Amortization of step-up of inventory - 5,795 - -
(Gain) loss on remeasurement of warrant liability (36,675) 91,851 - -
Gain on disposal of property and equipment (1,133) (109) (79) (6,028)
Gain on sale of routes (731) (749) (1,264) (7,232)
Stock based compensation 12,961 6,790 - -
Loss on debt extinguishment - 2,500 - 4,336
Deferred income taxes 4,828 (958) 3,583 1,949
Amortization of deferred financing costs 3,919 (2,639) 1,742 955
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net (4,528) 16,611 (11,786) 11,542
Inventories, net (10,595) 887 (6,883) 3,476
Prepaid expenses and other assets (2,931) (7,064) (3,456) (1,993)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other (5,451) (26,634) 21,295 1,181
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 48,387 (932) 30,627 27,992
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of Utz Brands Holdings, LLC, net of cash acquired - (185,448) - -
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired (117,585) (406,485) (8,816) (137,845)
Purchases of property and equipment (31,739) (9,892) (11,828) (19,996)
Purchases of intangibles (1,757) (79,013) (650) -
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 3,033 1,344 615 12,059
Proceeds from sale of routes 14,186 2,082 2,774 3,008
Proceeds from the sale of IO notes 11,762 - - 33,204
Notes receivable, net (13,998) (4,470) (3,611) (6,312)
Net cash used in investing activities (136,098) (681,882) (21,516) (115,882)
Cash flows from financing activities
Borrowings on term debt and notes payable 861,139 370,000 2,650 121,250
Repayments on term debt and notes payable (795,488) (239,989) (6,686) (135,141)
Payment of debt issuance cost (9,210) - - -
Contribution from member and noncontrolling interest - - - 123,908
Exercised warrants 57,232 124,495 - -
Dividends paid (11,908) (2,968) - -
Distributions to members - - (6,415) (11,461)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest (18,987) (9,565) - (2,527)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 82,778 241,973 (10,451) 96,029
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents (4,933) (440,841) (1,340) 8,139
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 46,831 487,672 15,053 6,914
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $ 41,898 $ 46,831 $ 13,713 $ 15,053
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Utz Brands, Inc.
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation - The accompanying consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of Utz Brands, Inc. ("UBI", the "Company", or "Successor", formerly Collier Creek Holdings ("CCH")) and its wholly owned subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for financial statements and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").
CCH was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on April 30, 2018 as a blank check company. CCH was incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses that the Company had not then identified. CCH’s sponsor was Collier Creek Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the "Sponsor").
On August 28, 2020, CCH domesticated into a Delaware corporation and changed its name to "Utz Brands, Inc." (the “Domestication”) and consummated the acquisition of certain limited liability company units of Utz Brands Holdings, LLC ("UBH"), the parent of Utz Quality Foods, LLC (“UQF”), as a result of a new issuance by UBH and purchases from UBH’s existing equity holders pursuant to a Business Combination Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2020 (the “Business Combination Agreement”) among CCH, UBH and Series U of UM Partners, LLC (“Series U”) and Series R of UM Partners, LLC (“Series R” and together with Series U, the “Continuing Members”) (the Domestication and the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, collectively, the “Business Combination”), following the approval at the extraordinary general meeting of the shareholders of CCH held on August 27, 2020. The Noncontrolling interest represents the common limited liability company units of UBH held by the Continuing Members.
The financial statements include the accounts of the Predecessor, prior to the Business Combination, which was determined to be consolidated UBH, which includes the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Utz Quality Foods, LLC (“UQF”). UQF is consolidated with its wholly-owned subsidiaries: UTZTRAN, LLC; Heron Holding Corporation (“Heron”), with its wholly-owned subsidiaries Golden Flake Snack Foods, Inc. (“Golden Flake”), Inventure Foods, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Inventure Foods”), and Kitchen Cooked Inc. (“Kitchen Cooked”); Kennedy Endeavors, LLC (“Kennedy”); and GH Pop Holdings, LLC, with its wholly-owned subsidiaries Good Health Natural Products, LLC (“Good Health”), Condor Snack Foods, LLC, and Snikiddy, LLC (“Snikiddy”).
SRS Leasing LLC and its subsidiaries (“SRS”) were companies formed to acquire, hold and lease real estate to UQF. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, Consolidation, UQF was determined to be the primary beneficiary of SRS, an entity under common ownership. The accounts of SRS have been consolidated with those of UQF as of and for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2019. On December 30, 2019, the first day of the fiscal year of 2020, SRS was merged into UQF, with UQF surviving the transaction. The accumulated (deficit) equity of SRS was presented on the noncontrolling interest line of the consolidated balance sheet as of December 29, 2019 and was reclassified to members’ (deficit) equity on December 30, 2019, the date of the merger.
Rice Investments, L.P. (“RILP”) was formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act on January 30, 2004 for the purpose of acquiring, owning, managing, and selling or otherwise disposing of intellectual property (namely trade names) that are used by UQF. RILP had one general partner, UQF, and one limited partner, UM-R Intermediate, LLC (“Intermediate R”). UQF, in accordance with ASC 810, was determined to be the primary beneficiary of RILP, an entity under common ownership. The accounts of RILP have been consolidated with those of UQF as of and for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2019. On December 30, 2019 Intermediate R was merged into Intermediate U with Intermediate U surviving the transaction. Finally, and immediately following that merger, RILP merged into UQF, with UQF being the surviving entity and Intermediate U remaining the sole member of UQF. Prior to these mergers the statements of SRS, RILP, and Intermediate R were combined within the financial statements of Intermediate U.
On March 18, 2020, Intermediate U changed its name to Utz Brands Holdings, LLC upon filing a Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in combination/consolidation.
Operating Entities Holding Entities
Utz Quality Foods, LLC Utz Brands, Inc.
UTZTRAN, LLC Utz Brands Holdings, LLC
Golden Flake Snack Foods, Inc. GH Pop Holdings, LLC
Inventure Foods, Inc. and its subsidiaries Heron Holding Corporation
Kennedy Endeavors, LLC Truco Holdco, Inc.
Good Health Natural Products, LLC R.W. Garcia Holdings, LLC
Condor Snack Foods, LLC
Snikiddy, LLC
Kitchen Cooked, Inc.
Truco Enterprises, LP
R.W. Garcia CO., Inc.
Loss of Emerging Growth Company Status - As of January 2, 2022, we no longer identify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, (the “JOBS Act”), and we previously took advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company had elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard was issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, when it was as an emerging growth company, could adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Due to the loss of our Emerging Growth Company status, as discussed above, we adopted Topic 842 effective of the first day of fiscal year 2021 within this Form 10-K. This guidance was not adopted within our Form 10-Q's during the fiscal year 2021, therefore the results related to Topic 842 are not comparable with those periods.
Operations - The Company through its wholly owned subsidiary UQF, is a premier producer, marketer and distributor of snack food products since 1921. The Company has steadily expanded its distribution channels to where it now sells products to supermarkets, mass merchants, club stores, dollar and discount stores, convenience stores, independent grocery stores, drug stores, food service, vending, military, and other channels in most regions of the United States through routes to market that include direct-store-delivery, direct to warehouse, and third-party distributors. The Company manufactures and distributes a full line of high-quality salty snack items, such as potato chips, tortilla chips, pretzels, cheese balls, pork skins, party mixes, and popcorn. The Company also sells dips, crackers, dried meat products and other snack food items packaged by other manufacturers.
Segment Reporting - The Company operates in one reportable segment: the manufacturing, distribution, marketing and sale of snack food products. The Company defines reporting segments as components of an organization for which discrete financial information is available and operating results are evaluated on a regular basis by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in order to assess performance and allocate resources. The CODM is the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Characteristics of the organization which were relied upon in making the determination that the Company operates in one reportable segment include the similar nature of all of the products that the Company sells, the functional alignment of the Company’s organizational structure, and the reports that are regularly reviewed by the CODM for the purpose of assessing performance and allocating resources.
Cash and Cash Equivalents - The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The majority of the Company’s cash is held in financial institutions with insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) of $250,000 per depositor. At various times, account balances may exceed federally insured limits.
Accounts Receivables - Accounts receivable are reported at net realizable value. The net realizable value is based on management’s estimate of the amount of receivables that will be collected based on analysis of historical data and trends, as well as review of significant customer accounts. Accounts receivable are considered to be past due when payments are not received within the customer’s credit terms. Accounts are written off when management determines the account is uncollectible. Finance charges are not usually assessed on past-due accounts.
Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or net realizable value. Inventory write-downs are recorded for shrinkage, damaged, stale and slow-moving items.
Property, Plant and Equipment - Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation. Major additions and betterments are recorded to the asset accounts, while maintenance and repairs, which do not improve or extend the lives of the assets, are charged to expense accounts as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the disposal period. Depreciation is determined utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various assets, which generally range from 2 to 20 years for machinery and equipment, 3 to 10 years for transportation equipment and 8 to 40 years for buildings. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. The Company assesses for impairment on property, plant and equipment upon the occurrence of a triggering event.
Income Taxes - The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to the asset and liability method of ASC 740, Income Taxes, which requires it to recognize current tax liabilities or receivables for the amount of taxes it estimates are payable or refundable for the current year, and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax bases of assets and liabilities and the expected benefits of net operating loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in operations in the period enacted. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that a portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and the reversal of deferred tax liabilities during the period in which related temporary differences become deductible.
The Company follows the provisions of ASC 740-10 related to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. ASC 740-10 prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.
The benefit of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the Company’s income tax returns is recognized in the financial statements if such positions are more likely than not of being sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. Differences between tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the benefit recognized and measured pursuant to the interpretation are referred to as “unrecognized benefits”. A liability is recognized (or amount of net operating loss carryover or amount of tax refundable is reduced) for an unrecognized tax benefit because it represents an enterprise’s potential future obligation to the taxing authority for a tax position that was not recognized as a result of applying the provisions of ASC 740-10. Interest costs and related penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are required to be calculated, if applicable. The Company’s policy is to classify assessments, if any, for tax related interest as interest expense and penalties as selling, general and administrative expenses. As of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, no liability for unrecognized tax benefits was required to be reported. The Company does not expect any significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits in the next fiscal year.
Distribution Route Acquisition and Sale Transactions - The Company acquires and sells distribution routes as a part of the Company’s maintenance of its direct-store delivery (“DSD”) network. As new independent operators (“IOs”) are identified, the Company either sells its newly-created or existing Company-managed routes to IOs or sells routes that were previously acquired by the Company to IOs. Gain/loss from the sale of a distribution route is recorded upon the completion of the sale transaction, and is calculated based on the difference between the sale price of the distribution route and the asset carrying value of the distribution route as of the date of sale. The Company records intangible assets for distribution routes that it purchases based on the payment that the Company makes to acquire the route, and records the purchased distribution routes as indefinite-lived intangible assets under FASB ASC 350, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other. The indefinite lived intangible assets are subject to annual impairment testing.
Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets - The Company allocates the cost of acquired companies to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remaining amount classified as goodwill. The identification and valuation of these intangible assets and the determination of the estimated useful lives at the time of acquisition, as well as the completion of impairment tests, require significant management judgments and estimates. These estimates are made based on, among other factors, review of projected future operating results and business plans, economic projections, anticipated highest and best use of future cash flows and the cost of capital. The use of alternative estimates and assumptions could increase or decrease the estimated fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets, and potentially result in a different impact to the Company’s results of operations. Further, changes in business strategy and/or market conditions may significantly impact these judgments and thereby impact the fair value of these assets, which could result in an impairment of the goodwill or intangible assets.
Finite-lived intangible assets consist of distribution/customer relationships, technology, certain master distribution rights and certain trademarks. These assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives. Finite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment only when management has determined that potential impairment indicators are present.
Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets (including certain trade names, certain master distribution rights and company-owned sales routes) are not amortized but are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances change that indicate impairment may have occurred. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. The Company has identified the existing snack food operations as its sole reporting unit.
As the Company has early adopted the FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (“Topic 350”): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, the Company is required to record an impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value.
ASU No. 2017-04, Topic 350, also permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform quantitative impairment tests for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles. If an entity believes, as a result of each qualitative assessment, it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill or an indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its carrying value then a quantitative impairment test is not required.
For the qualitative analysis performed, which took place on the first day of the fourth quarter, we have taken into consideration all the events and circumstances listed in FASB ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, in addition to other entity-specific factors that have taken place from the period of the business combination, which assessed goodwill, on August 28, 2020. Our fiscal year 2021 qualitative analysis concluded that Goodwill and all but one of our intangible assets is not more likely than not to be impaired. We performed a quantitative impairment test on the intangible asset during which we compared the fair value of the intangible, using a relief from royalty method, to the carrying value of the asset and determined that the intangible asset was not impaired.
Share-Based Compensation - Share-based compensation is rewarded to employees and directors of the Company and accounted for in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). Share-based compensation expense is recognized for equity awards over the vesting period based on their grant-date fair value. During the Successor period, the Company uses various forms of long-term incentives including, but not limited to, Stock Options, Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) and Performance Share Units (“PSUs”), provided that the exercise and issuance of such stock options was contingent upon the Company filing a Registration Statement on Form S-8 ("Form S-8") with the SEC, which occurred on November 2, 2020. The fair value of stock options is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The exercise price of each stock option equals or exceeds the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock price on the date of grant. Stock options can generally be exercised over a maximum term of ten years. The grant date fair value of the PSUs is determined using the Monte Carlo simulation model. The grant date fair value of the RSUs is determined using the Company’s share price on the grant date. Share-based compensation expense is included within the same financial statement caption where the recipient’s other compensation is reported. The Company accounts for forfeitures as they occur.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Financial instruments held by the Company include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, hedging instruments, purchase commitments on commodities, accounts payable and debt. The carrying value of all cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying value of the debt is also estimated to approximate its fair value based upon current market conditions and interest rates. The fair value of the hedging instruments are revalued at each reporting period.
Self-Insurance - The Company is primarily self-insured, up to certain limits, for employee group health claims. The Company purchases stop-loss insurance, which will reimburse the Company for individual and aggregate claims in excess of certain annual established limits. Operations are charged with the cost of claims reported and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported. Total health care expense under the program was $18.0 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $6.5 million and $9.9 million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and was $16.6 million for the year ended December 29, 2019. The reserve for unpaid claims, which includes an estimate of claims incurred but not reported, was $1.9 million and $1.5 million at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively.
The Company is primarily self-insured through large deductible insurance plans for automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation. The Company has utilized a number of different insurance vehicles and programs for these insurable risks and recognizes expenses and reserves in accordance with the provisions of each insurance vehicle/program. The expense associated with automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation insurance programs totaled $8.7 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $1.5 million and $6.5 million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and was $9.0 million for the year ended December 29, 2019. The Company also records reserves for unpaid claims and an estimate for claims incurred but not yet reported, including an estimate for the development of any such claim. As of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, the Company had reserves totaling $5.9 million and $5.0 million, respectively, for these insurance programs.
Shipping and Handling - The Company records shipping and handling expenses within selling expenses. Shipping and handling expenses for products shipped to customers totaled $57.0 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $12.6 million and $22.0 million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and was $27.7 million for the year ended December 29, 2019.
Advertising Costs - Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred. The Company had no significant direct response advertising. Advertising expenses totaled $11.8 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $6.0 million and $5.1 million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and was $8.0 million for the year ended December 29, 2019.
Employee Benefits - The Company maintains several contributory 401(k) retirement plans (the “Plans”) for its employees. Profit sharing contributions are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors and expenses recognized related to the profit sharing contribution was $3.9 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $1.8 million and $3.5 million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and was $4.9 million for the year ended December 29, 2019. The Plans provide employees with matching contributions primarily at 20% of their contributions as defined in the Plans. The expense related to the matching contributions was $1.9 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $0.6 million and $1.1 million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and totaled $1.4 million for the year ended December 29, 2019.
Revenue Recognition - The Company’s revenues primarily consist of the sale of salty snack items to customers, including supermarkets, mass merchants, club stores, dollar and discount stores, convenience stores, independent grocery stores, drug stores, food service, vending, military, and other channels. The Company sells its products in most regions of the United States primarily through its DSD network, direct to warehouse shipments, and third-party distributors. These revenue contracts generally have a single performance obligation. Revenue, which includes shipping and handling charges billed to the customer, is reported net of variable consideration and consideration payable to customers, including applicable discounts, returns, allowances, trade promotion, consumer coupon redemption, unsaleable product, and other costs. Amounts billed and due from customers are classified as accounts receivables and require payment on a short-term basis and, therefore, the Company does not have any significant financing components.
The Company recognizes revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of the goods to customers. Control is transferred upon delivery of the goods to the customer. Shipping and/or handling costs that occur before the customer obtains control of the goods are deemed to be fulfillment activities and are accounted for as fulfillment costs. Applicable shipping and handling are included in customer billing and are recorded as revenue as the products’ control is transferred to customers. The Company assesses the goods promised in customer purchase orders and identifies a performance obligation for each promise to transfer a good that is distinct.
The Company offers various forms of trade promotions and the methodologies for determining these provisions are dependent on local customer pricing and promotional practices, which range from contractually fixed percentage price reductions to provisions based on actual occurrence or performance. The Company’s promotional activities are conducted either through the retail trade or directly with consumers and include activities such as in store displays and events, feature price discounts, consumer coupons, and loyalty programs. The costs of these activities are recognized at the time the related revenue is recorded, which normally precedes the actual cash expenditure. The recognition of these costs therefore requires management judgment regarding the volume of promotional offers that will be redeemed by either the retail trade customer or consumer. These estimates are made using various techniques including historical data on performance of similar promotional programs. The Company has reserves in place of $26.5 million as of January 2, 2022 and $17.6 million as of January 3, 2021. Differences between estimated expense and actual redemptions are recognized as a change in management estimate as actual redemptions are incurred.
Business Combinations - The Company evaluates acquisitions of assets and other similar transactions to assess whether or not the transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or asset acquisition by first applying a screen test to determine if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets. If the screen is met, the transaction is accounted for as an asset acquisition. If the screen is not met, further determination is required as to whether or not the Company has acquired inputs and processes that have the ability to create outputs which would meet the definition of a business. Significant judgment is required in the application of the screen test to determine whether an acquisition is a business combination or an acquisition of assets.
The Company uses the acquisition method of accounting for acquired businesses. Under the acquisition method, the Company’s financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.
Use of Estimates - Management uses estimates and assumptions in preparing the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Those estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and expenses. Some examples, but not a comprehensive list, include sales and promotional allowances, customer returns, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory valuations, useful lives of fixed assets and related impairment, long-term investments, hedge transactions, goodwill and intangible asset valuations and impairments, incentive compensation, income taxes, self-insurance, contingencies, litigation, and inputs used to calculate deferred tax liabilities, tax valuation allowances, and tax receivable agreements. Actual results could vary materially from the estimates that were used.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards - In December 2019, the FASB issued "ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes" ("Topic 740"). This ASU is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740 and clarifying certain aspects of the current guidance to promote consistency among reporting entities. For public business entities, ASU 2019-12 was effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within those annual periods, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this standard upon the loss of our emerging growth status as of January 2, 2022. Adoption of the new standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“Topic 842”), which requires a lessee to recognize in its balance sheet an asset and liability for most leases with a term greater than 12 months. Lessees should recognize a liability to make lease payments and a right-of-use ("ROU") asset representing the lessee’s right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. We adopted the new guidance effective January 4, 2021 using the modified retrospective approach. The primary impact of adopting this standard was the recognition of $28.6 million of operating ROU liabilities and $29.0 million of operating ROU assets. The adoption did not have a material impact on how we account for finance leases. See Note 16. "Leases" for more information regarding our leasing arrangements.
In June 2016, ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“Topic 326”) was issued. This ASU requires entities to measure the impairment of certain financial instruments, including accounts receivables, based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. For non-public business entities or emerging growth companies, this ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, with early adoption permitted, and will be effective for the Company beginning in 2023. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (“Topic 848”): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting, which provides optional guidance for a limited period of time to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform on financial reporting. The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The amendments of this ASU should be applied on a prospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the effects adoption of this guidance will have on the consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (“Subtopic 350-40”): Customer's Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). For non-public business entities or emerging growth companies, this ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted Subtopic 350-40 on the first day of fiscal 2020, and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
2.ACQUISITIONS
Utz Brands Holdings, LLC
On June 5, 2020, UBH entered into a definitive Business Combination Agreement with CCH and the Continuing Members. At the closing of the Business Combination (the "Closing") on August 28, 2020 (the "Closing Date"), the Company domesticated into a Delaware corporation and changed its name to "Utz Brands, Inc." At the Closing, the Company (i) acquired certain common and preferred interests of the Continuing Members from third party members (“UPA Seller”), and the Continuing Members then redeemed such common and preferred interests for, and the Company received, an equivalent value of common limited liability company units of UBH, (ii) contributed cash in exchange for additional common limited liability company units of UBH, and (iii) purchased additional common limited liability company units and 100% of the managing interests of UBH from the Continuing Members. As part of the Business Combination, the Continuing Members (a) received certain cash considerations for the common limited liability company units that they sold to the Company, (b) received such number of shares of newly issued non-economic Class V Common Stock in the Company equal to the common limited liability company units that the Continuing Members retained in UBH, and a unit of limited liability company units of UBH and a share of Class V Common Stock are exchangeable for one share of Class A Common Stock of the Company, (c) received certain restricted common limited liability company units in UBH (the "Retained Restricted Units") that would be vested under certain market conditions, which vested as of the Closing, and (d) entered into a Tax Receivable Agreement (“TRA”) that requires the Company to pay to the Continuing Members 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax determined based on certain attributes as defined in the TRA. In connection with the Closing, UBH and the Company converted all of the outstanding phantom unit awards issued under the Utz Quality Foods, LLC 2018 Long-Term Incentive Plan ("2018 LTIP") into restricted stock units (“2020 LTIP RSUs”) issued by the Company under the Utz Quality Foods, LLC 2020 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "2020 LTIP"). Further discussion of the purchase consideration of the Business Combination is disclosed later in this footnote.
The Company was determined to be the accounting acquirer and UBH was determined to be the accounting acquiree, in accordance with ASC 810, as the Company is considered to be the primary beneficiary of UBH after the Business Combination. Under the ASC 805, Business Combinations, acquisition method of accounting, purchase price allocation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of UBH are presented based on their estimated fair values as of the Closing. ASC 805 establishes a measurement period to provide the Company with a reasonable amount of time to obtain the information necessary to identify and measure various items in a business combination and cannot extend beyond one year from the acquisition date.
As a result of the Business Combination, the Company’s financial statement presentation distinguishes UBH as the “Predecessor” through the Closing Date. The Company, which includes consolidation of UBH subsequent to the Business Combination, is the “Successor” for periods after the Closing Date. As a result of the application of the acquisition method of accounting in the Successor period, the financial statements for the Successor period are presented on a full step-up basis as a result of the Business Combination, and are therefore not comparable to the financial statements of the Predecessor period that are not presented on the same full step-up basis due to the Business Combination.
The following table summarizes the total business enterprise value, comprised of the fair value of certain purchase consideration paid by the Company to the Continuing Members, the fair value of the noncontrolling interest and the fair value of certain net debt assumed by the Company at Closing:
(in thousands)
Total cash consideration $ 199,161
Tax Receivable Agreement obligations to the Continuing Members(1)
25,302
Replaced Awards(2)
11,175
Continuing Members’ Retained Restricted Units in UBH(3)
54,067
Total purchase consideration 289,705
Noncontrolling interest(4)
896,701
Net debt assumed 648,150
Total business enterprise value $ 1,834,556
(1) Under the terms of the TRA, the Company generally will be required to pay to the Continuing Members 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax based on its ownership in UBH that the Company is deemed to realize in certain circumstances as a result of the increases in tax basis and certain tax attributes resulting from the Business Combination. The fair value of these contingent payments at the Closing was $25.3 million which has been recorded as a non-current accrued expense. Refer to Note 15. "Income Taxes" for additional information on the TRA.
(2) Represents the fair value of the Phantom Units associated with the pre-combination requisite service period and issued under the 2018 LTIP that were converted into 2020 LTIP RSUs of the Company issued under the 2020 LTIP at the Closing. The difference between the fair value of the Phantom Units and the fair values of the 2020 LTIP RSUs represents the fair value of the compensation expenses for the post-combination requisite service period for the replacement awards. Compensation expenses will be recorded evenly during the post-combination requisite service period through the end of fiscal year 2021, which is the cliff vest date of the replacement awards. Refer to Note 11. "Share-Based Compensation" for additional information on the 2020 LTIP RSUs.
(3) A total of 3,483,022 common limited liability company units that were initially subject to certain restrictions (the "Retained Restricted Units") in UBH were received by the Continuing Members at the Closing. These Retained Restricted Units were vested and converted to common limited liability company units of UBH at the Closing, as the vesting conditions were all met as of the Closing. The fair value of the Retained Restricted Units was calculated based on the stock price of the Company at the August 28, 2020 Closing, less a 5% lack of marketability discount due to a restriction on the exchange of the Continuing Members’ common limited liability company units to Class A Common Stock of the Company for a period not to exceed 12 months from the Closing.
(4) The noncontrolling interest represents the common limited liability company units of UBH held by the Continuing Members. The fair value of these units was determined based on the Class A Common Stock price of the Company at the August 28, 2020 Closing, less a 5% lack of marketability discount due to a restriction on the exchange of the Continuing Members’ common limited liability company units to Class A Common Stock of the Company for a period not to exceed 12 months from the Closing.
The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of UBH at Closing:
(in thousands)
Assets acquired:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 13,713
Accounts receivable 119,339
Inventory 63,862
Prepaid expenses and other assets 6,116
Notes receivable 29,453
Property, plant and equipment 269,951
Identifiable intangible assets(1)
871,150
Other assets 7,086
Total assets acquired: 1,380,670
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable 49,531
Accrued expenses 78,223
Notes payable 34,547
Deferred tax liability 25,381
Total liabilities assumed: 187,682
Net identifiable assets acquired 1,192,988
Goodwill(2)
$ 641,568
(1) The Company has determined that certain of the acquired trade names included in intangible assets will be amortized over a period of 15 years, and the customer relationships intangible asset will be amortized over a period of 25 years on a straight-line basis commensurate with the acquisition date expectations for the economic value (i.e. net cash flow generating capability) that is to be provided by the trade names and customer relationships, respectively.
The fair values allocated to identifiable intangible assets and their estimated useful lives are as follows:
Fair Value Useful Life
(In Thousands) (In Years)
Indefinite lived trade names $ 355,500 Indefinite
Finite lived trade names 56,000 15
Customer relationships 443,500 25
Technology 43 5
Master distribution rights 2,221 15
Company owned routes 13,886 Indefinite
Total $ 871,150
(2) The goodwill of $641.6 million represents the excess of the gross consideration transferred over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Qualitative factors that contribute to the recognition of goodwill include certain intangible assets that are not recognized as separate identifiable intangible assets apart from goodwill. Intangible assets not recognized apart from goodwill consist primarily of the strong market position and the assembled workforce of UBH. A portion of the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. As of August 28, 2021, the purchase price allocation had been finalized.
The predecessor financial statements of UBH include $25.0 million of transaction costs from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020. These transaction costs are recorded within administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Prior to the Closing Date, CCH incurred $13.4 million of transaction costs related to the Business Combination, which are not reported in the predecessor consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income as CCH is not the predecessor. UBH contributed revenues of $325.6 million and net loss of $13.8 million in the consolidated statement of operations for the period from the acquisition date of August 28, 2020 to January 3, 2021.
Truco Holdco Inc. Acquisition and OTB Brand Purchase
On November 11, 2020 the Company caused its subsidiaries, UQF and Heron, to enter into a Stock Purchase Agreement among UQF, Heron, Truco and Truco Holdings LLC. On December 14, 2020, pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company caused its subsidiary, Heron, to consummate the Truco Acquisition. Upon completion of the Truco Acquisition, Truco became a wholly owned subsidiary of Heron. At the closing of the Truco Acquisition, the Company paid the aggregate cash purchase price of approximately $405.1 million to Truco Holdings LLC, including payments of approximately $3.0 million for cash on hand at Truco at the closing of the Truco Acquisition, less estimated working capital adjustments, subject to customary post-closing adjustments.
In addition, on December 14, 2020, UQF consummated the IP Purchase pursuant to which it purchased and acquired from OTB Acquisition, LLC the OTB IP pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement, dated November 11, 2020, among UQF, Truco Seller and OTB Acquisition, LLC. The IP Purchase was determined to be an asset acquisition under the provisions of ASC Subtopic 805-50. The IP Purchase is accounted for separately from the Truco Acquisition, as Truco and the OTB IP were acquired from two different selling parties that were not under common control and are two separate transactions. The OTB IP was initially recognized and measured by the Company based on its purchase price of $79.0 million since it was acquired in an asset purchase and is treated as an indefinite lived intangible assets.
For the Truco Acquisition, the Company was determined to be the accounting acquirer and Truco was determined to be the accounting acquiree, in accordance with ASC 805. In accordance with the ASC 805 acquisition method of accounting, the purchase price allocation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Truco are presented based on their estimated fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition. ASC 805 establishes a measurement period to provide the Company with a reasonable amount of time to obtain the information necessary to identify and measure various items in a business combination and cannot extend beyond one year from the acquisition date.
The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company at the date of the acquisition:
(in thousands)
Purchase consideration $ 405,081
Tax consideration (1)
3,668
Total consideration 408,749
Assets acquired:
Cash 5,811
Accounts receivable 15,609
Inventory, net 2,629
Prepaid expenses and other assets 4,290
Property, plant and equipment 461
Other assets 1,219
Customer relationships (2)
225,000
Total assets acquired: 255,019
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable 5,702
Accrued expenses 4,492
Other liabilities 26
Deferred tax liability 50,980
Total liabilities assumed: 61,200
Net identifiable assets acquired 193,819
Goodwill (3)
$ 214,930
(1) The Stock Purchase Agreement provided that Truco Holdings LLC is entitled to receive any tax refunds received by the Company after the closing date for any pre-closing date tax period of Truco. The Company estimated an income tax refund receivable in the amount of $3.7 million related to the pre-acquisition tax periods, which was reflected on the Company's consolidated balance sheet as of January 3, 2021. The Company recorded a corresponding payable of $3.7 million to Truco Holdings LLC.
(2) The identifiable intangible assets represent the existing customer relationships of Truco that were valued using a discounted cash flow model using projected sales growth, attrition and a useful life of 15 years. Truco’s customer relationship fair value is $225.0 million. The Company has determined that all the acquired customer relationships will be amortized over a period of 15 years on a straight-line basis commensurate with the acquisition date expectations for the economics that are to be provided by the customer relationships.
(3) The goodwill of $214.9 million represents the excess of the gross consideration transferred over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Qualitative factors that contribute to the recognition of goodwill include certain intangible assets that are not recognized as separate identifiable intangible assets apart from goodwill. Intangible assets not recognized apart from goodwill consist primarily of the strong market position and the assembled workforce of Truco. As of December 14, 2021, the purchase price allocation had been finalized.
The Company incurred $5.6 million of transaction costs directly related to the acquisition. These transaction costs are recorded within administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Truco contributed revenues of $9.7 million and net income of $0.8 million in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the period from the acquisition date of December 14, 2020 to January 3, 2021.
Vitner's
On January 11, 2021, the Company announced that its subsidiary, UQF entered into a definitive agreement with Snak-King Corp. to acquire certain assets of the C.J. Vitner business ("Vitner's acquisition" or "acquisition of Vitner's"), a leading brand of salty snacks in the Chicago, IL area. The Company closed this transaction on February 8, 2021 and the purchase price of approximately $25.2 million was funded from current cash-on-hand. The provisional fair values to which the purchase price was allocated were $2.9 million to trademarks, $0.8 million to customer relationships, $1.7 million to DSD routes, $1.9 million of other net assets, and $17.9 million to goodwill. The trademarks and customer relationships are being amortized over a period of 15 years. As of January 2, 2022, the purchase price allocation has not been finalized. We expect to finalize the valuation report and complete the purchase price allocation no later than one-year from the acquisition date.
Festida Foods
On May 11, 2021, the Company announced that its subsidiary, UQF entered into a definitive agreement with Great Lakes Festida Holdings, Inc. to acquire all assets including real estate located in Grand Rapids, Michigan related to the operations of Festida Foods ("Festida Foods acquisition" or "acquisition of Festida Foods"), a manufacturer of tortilla chips, corn chips, and pellet snacks, and the largest manufacturer of tortilla chips for the Company's ON THE BORDER® brand. The Company closed this transaction on June 7, 2021 and the purchase price of approximately $40.3 million was funded in part from incremental financing on an existing term loan.
The following table summarizes the provisional fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company at the date of the acquisition:
(in thousands)
Purchase consideration $ 40,324
Assets acquired:
Accounts receivable 2,776
Inventory 2,704
Prepaid expenses and other assets 182
Property, plant and equipment 24,650
Customer relationships 1,270
Total assets acquired: 31,582
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable 2,017
Accrued expenses 844
Total liabilities assumed: 2,861
Net identifiable assets acquired 28,721
Goodwill $ 11,603
The customer relationships are being amortized over a period of 10 years. As of January 2, 2022, the purchase price allocation has not been finalized. We expect to finalize the valuation report and complete the purchase price allocation no later than one-year from the acquisition date.
RW Garcia
On November 2, 2021, the Company announced that its subsidiaries, entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the equity of R.W. Garcia Holdings, LLC and its' wholly-owned subsidiary R.W. Garcia Co., Inc. ("RW Garcia"), an artisan maker of high-quality organic tortilla chips, crackers, and corn chips (RW Garcia acquisition"). The Company closed on this transaction on December 6, 2021, and the cash purchase price of approximately $58.3 million funded in part from a draw on the Company's line of credit and cash on hand. In addition to this acquisition on December 6, 2021, the Company closed on an acquisition of a manufacturing facility of which RW Garcia was a tenant. The cost of the manufacturing facility was approximately $6.0 million.
The following table summarizes the provisional fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company for the RW Garcia acquisition at the date of the acquisition:
(in thousands)
Purchase consideration $ 56,355
Tax consideration 1,992
Total consideration 58,347
Assets acquired:
Cash 5,401
Accounts receivable 4,660
Inventory 5,674
Prepaid expenses and other assets 2,592
Property, plant and equipment 20,210
Trade name 3,100
Customer relationships 4,720
Total assets acquired: 46,357
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable 6,017
Accrued expenses 1,770
Deferred tax liability 6,140
Total liabilities assumed: 13,927
Net identifiable assets acquired 32,430
Goodwill $ 25,917
The trade name and customer relationships are being amortized over a period of 15 years. As of January 2, 2022, the purchase price allocation has not been finalized. We expect to finalize the valuation report and complete the purchase price allocation no later than one-year from the acquisition date.
The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the results of operations as if the Business Combination, Truco Acquisition, IP Purchase, HKA Acquisition, Kitchen Cooked Acquisition, the Kennedy Acquisition, the Vitner's Acquisition, the Festida Acquisition. and the R.W. Garcia Acquisition had occurred on December 30, 2019. These unaudited pro forma results may not necessarily reflect the actual results of operations that would have been achieved, nor are they necessarily indicative of future results of operations. The unaudited pro forma information reflects the step-up depreciation and amortization adjustments for the fair value of the assets acquired, the adjustment in interest expense due to the reduction in long term debt as a result of the Business Combination, and the related adjustment to the income tax provision. In addition, the pro forma net income is not adjusted to exclude transaction expenses and other non-recurring costs.
For the year ended January 2, 2022 For the year ended January 3, 2021
(in thousands) (unaudited) (unaudited)
Pro forma net sales $ 1,219,090 $ 1,252,562
Pro forma net income (loss) $ 10,811 $ (6,418)
Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest $ 22,132 $ (3,226)
Pro forma net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest $ (11,322) $ (3,192)
3.INVENTORIES
Inventories consisted of the following:
(in thousands) As of
January 2, 2022
As of January 3, 2021
Finished goods $ 43,533 $ 28,935
Raw materials 29,428 25,129
Maintenance parts 6,556 5,746
Total inventories $ 79,517 $ 59,810
4.PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property, plant and equipment, net, consisted of the following:
(in thousands) As of
January 2, 2022
As of January 3, 2021
Land $ 25,886 $ 22,750
Buildings 98,664 83,780
Machinery and equipment 214,319 157,513
Land improvements 3,393 2,228
Building improvements 3,048 1,047
Construction-in-progress 13,745 15,518
359,055 282,836
Less: accumulated depreciation (55,248) (12,420)
Property, plant and equipment, net $ 303,807 $ 270,416
There were no material fixed asset impairments for the fiscal year 2020 or fiscal year 2021.
Depreciation expense was $43.1 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $12.4 million and $19.0 million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and was $23.6 million for the year ended December 29, 2019. Depreciation expense is classified in cost of goods sold, selling expenses, general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
5.GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
A rollforward of goodwill is as follows:
Predecessor
(in thousands)
Balance as of December 29, 2019 $ 202,407
Acquisition of Kitchen Cooked 4,060
Kennedy acquisition adjustment 989
Balance as of August 28, 2020 $ 207,456
Successor
(in thousands)
Balance as of August 29, 2020 $ 644,956
Acquisition of H.K. Anderson 3,540
Acquisition of Truco 213,687
Balance as January 3, 2021 $ 862,183
Acquisition of Vitner's 17,880
Acquisition of Festida Foods 11,603
Acquisition of RW Garcia 25,917
Truco acquisition adjustment 1,243
Business Combination agreement adjustment (3,388)
Balance as January 2, 2022 $ 915,438
Intangible assets, net, consisted of the following:
(in thousands) As of January 2, 2022 As of January 3, 2021
Subject to amortization:
Distributor/customer relationships $ 677,930 $ 671,150
Technology 43 43
Trademarks 63,850 57,810
Master distribution rights 2,221 2,221
Amortizable assets, gross 744,044 731,224
Accumulated amortization (45,224) (8,268)
Amortizable assets, net 698,820 722,956
Not subject to amortization
Trade names 434,513 434,513
IO routes 9,176 14,240
Intangible assets, net $ 1,142,509 $ 1,171,709
Amortizable trademark intangible assets increased by $6.0 million and distributor/customer relationships increased by $6.8 million during fiscal year 2021 due to the acquisition of Vitner's, Festida Foods, and RW Garcia. There were no other changes to intangible assets during the year ended January 2, 2022 other than that which arises from the regular buying and selling of Company owned routes and amortization.
Amortization of the distributor/customer relationships, technology, and trademarks amounted to $37.0 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $8.3 million and $5.1 million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and was $5.7 million for the year ended December 29, 2019.
Amortization expense is classified in administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Estimated future amortization expense is as follows:
(in thousands) As of January 2, 2022
2022 $ 37,353
2023 37,353
2024 37,353
2025 37,353
2026 37,353
Thereafter 512,055
Total $ 698,820
6.NOTES RECEIVABLE
The Company has undertaken a program in recent years to sell company-managed DSD distribution routes to IOs. Contracts are executed between the Company and the IO for the sale of the product distribution route, including a note in favor of the Company, in certain cases. The notes bear interest at rates ranging from 0.00% to 8.55% with terms ranging generally from one to ten years. The notes receivable balances due from IOs at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021 totaled $27.2 million and $27.1 million, respectively, and are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Of the balance at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, $24.8 million and $23.1 million, respectively, relates to a corresponding notes payable, as discussed in further detail within “Note 8. Long-Term Debt”.
Other notes receivable totaled $0.2 million and $0.6 million as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively.
7.ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER
Current Accrued expenses and other consisted of the following:
(in thousands) As of January 2, 2022 As of January 3, 2021
Accrued compensation and benefits $ 20,081 $ 36,968
Operating ROU liability (see "Note 16. Leases") 9,152 -
Insurance liabilities 8,620 8,100
Accrued freight and manufacturing related costs 8,928 6,972
Acquisition tax consideration 5,660 4,468
Accrued dividends 4,189 4,261
Short term interest rate hedge liability 4,548 3,048
Accrued sales tax 1,300 1,300
Accrued interest 371 1,220
Other accrued expenses 8,431 14,451
Total accrued expenses and other $ 71,280 $ 80,788
Non-current accrued expenses and other consisted of the following:
(in thousands) As of January 2, 2022 As of January 3, 2021
TRA liability
$ 24,443 $ 28,691
Operating ROU liability (see "Note 16. Leases") 23,226 -
Supplemental retirement and salary continuation plans 8,117 6,901
Long term portion of an interest rate hedge liability - 2,082
Other long term accrued expenses 52 97
Total accrued expenses and other $ 55,838 $ 37,771
8.LONG-TERM DEBT
Revolving Credit Facility
On November 21, 2017, UBH entered into an asset based revolving credit facility (as amended, the “ABL facility”) in an initial aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million. The ABL facility was set to expire on the fifth anniversary of closing, or November 21, 2022. On April 1, 2020, the ABL facility was amended to increase the credit limit up to $116.0 million and to extend the maturity through August 22, 2024. On December 18, 2020, the ABL facility was amended to increase the credit limit up to $161.0 million. As of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, $36.0 million and $0.0 million, respectively, were outstanding under this facility. Availability under the ABL facility is based on a monthly accounts receivable and inventory borrowing base certification, which is net of outstanding letters of credit and amounts borrowed. As of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, $96.9 million and $106.4 million, respectively, was available for borrowing, net of letters of credit. The facility bears interest at an annual rate based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 1.50% (ranging from 1.50% to 2.00% based on availability) or the prime rate plus an applicable margin of 0.50% (ranging from 0.50% to 1.00%). Had the Company elected to use the Prime rate, the interest rate on the facility as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021 would have been 3.75%. The Company elected to use the LIBOR rate, the interest rate on the ABL facility as of January 2, 2022 was 1.58%. Had there been outstanding balances and the Company elected to use the LIBOR rate, the interest rate on the ABL facility as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021 would have been 1.60% and 1.64%, respectively. The ABL facility is also subject to unused line fees (0.5% at January 2, 2022) and other fees and expenses.
Standby letters of credit in the amount of $10.3 million and $14.1 million have been issued as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively. The standby letters of credit are primarily issued for insurance purposes.
Term debt and financing obligations
On November 21, 2017, the Company entered into a First Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “First Lien Term Loan”) in a principal amount of $535.0 million and a Second Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement (the “Second Lien Term Loan”, and collectively with the First Lien Term Loan, the “Term Loans”) in a principal amount of $125.0 million. The proceeds of the Term Loans were used to refinance the Company’s January 2017 credit facility and fund the acquisition of Inventure Foods and the repurchase of the predecessor membership units held by a minority investor.
The First Lien Term Loan requires quarterly principal payments of $1.3 million beginning March 2018, with a balloon payment due for any remaining balance on the seventh anniversary of closing, or November 21, 2024. On August 28, 2020, as part of the Business Combination (as described in Note 1. "Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 2. "Acquisitions") an advance payment of principal was made on the First Lien Term Loan of $111.6 million, as such no principal payments are due until November 21, 2024.
The Company incurred closing and other costs associated with the Term Loans, which were allocated to each loan on a specific identification basis based on original principal amounts. Finance fees allocated to the First Lien Term Loan and the Second Lien Term Loan were $10.7 million and $4.1 million, respectively, which were presented net within “non-current portion of debt” on the consolidated balance sheets for the Predecessor periods. Deferred fees are amortized ratably over the respective lives of each term loan. Deferred fees associated with the term loans under the January 2017 credit agreement were fully expensed during 2017 and other deferred financing fees were derecognized as a result of the Business Combination as described in the Note 1 "Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 2. "Acquisitions".
On October 1, 2019, the Company repaid the Second Lien Term Loan with the proceeds of the sale of preferred and common units by Series U, Series R, and SRS. The Company accounted for the repayment of the Second Lien Term Loan as a debt extinguishment as the investors who purchased the preferred units and common units were not parties to the Second Lien Term Loan. The total repayment was $126.3 million, and resulted in a loss on early extinguishment of approximately $4.3 million.
Separately, on October 21, 2019, the Company entered into a Senior Secured First Lien Floating Rate Note (the “Secured First Lien Note”) in a principal amount of $125.0 million. Proceeds from the Secured First Lien Note were used primarily to finance the Kennedy Acquisition. The Secured First Lien Note requires quarterly interest payments, with a repayment of principal on the maturity date of November 21, 2024.
On December 14, 2020, the Company entered into a Bridge Credit Agreement with a syndicate of banks, led by Bank of America, N.A. (the “Bridge Credit Agreement”). The proceeds of the Bridge Credit Agreement were used to fund the Company’s acquisition of Truco and the IP Purchase from OTB Acquisition, LLC, in which the Company withdrew $490.0 million to finance the Truco Acquisition and IP Purchase. As of January 3, 2021, the outstanding balance of the Bridge Credit Agreement was $370.0 million, with $120.0 million being repaid from the redemption of the Company's warrants. Commitment fees and deferred financing costs on the Bridge Credit Agreement totaled $7.2 million, of which $2.6 million remained on the books as of January 3, 2021. On January 20, 2021, the Bridge Credit Agreement was repaid in full by the refinancing of term debt. In connection with Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, and a $12.0 million repayment in the first quarter of 2021, the outstanding balance of $370.0 million was repaid in full and the Bridge Credit Agreement was terminated.
On January 20, 2021, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement ("Amendment No. 2") which provided additional operating flexibility and revisions to certain restrictive covenants. Pursuant to the terms of Amendment No. 2, the Company raised $720 million in aggregate principal of Term Loan B ("Term Loan B") which bears interest at LIBOR plus 3.00%, and extended the maturity of the Credit Agreement to January 20, 2028. The proceeds were used, together with cash on hand and proceeds from our exercised warrants, to redeem the outstanding principal amount of existing Term Loan B and Bridge Credit Agreement of $410 million and $358 million, respectively. The refinancing was accounted for as an extinguishment. The Company incurred debt issuance costs and original issuance discounts of $8.4 million.
On June 22, 2021, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement ("Amendment No. 3"). Pursuant to the terms of Amendment No. 3, the Company increased the principal balance of Term Loan B by $75.0 million to bring the aggregated balance of Term Loan B proceeds to $795.0 million. The Company incurred additional debt issuance costs and original issuance discounts of $0.7 million related to the incremental funding.
The First Lien Term Loan, the Secured First Lien Note, Term Loan B, and the ABL facility are collateralized by substantially all of the assets of UBH and its subsidiaries, including equity interests in certain of UBH’s subsidiaries. The credit agreements contain certain affirmative and negative covenants as to operations and the financial condition of UBH and its subsidiaries. UBH and its subsidiaries were in compliance with its financial covenant as of January 2, 2022.
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
Debt (in thousands)
Issue Date Principal Balance Interest Rate Maturity Date January 2, 2022 January 3, 2021
Term loan B June-21 $ 795,000 3.09 % January-28 $ 787,236 $ -
First lien term loan credit agreement November-17 535,000 3.64 % November-24 - 404,650
Second lien term loan credit agreement November-17 125,000 6.25 % November-24 - 5,350
Bridge credit agreement December-20 490,000 4.40 % December-25 - 370,000
Equipment loans(1)
25,958 -
Miscellaneous equipment loans 697 1,108
Revolving credit facility 36,000 -
Net impact of debt issuance costs and original issue discounts (7,929) (2,639)
Total long-term debt 841,962 778,469
Less: current portion (11,414) (469)
Long term portion of term debt and financing obligations $ 830,548 $ 778,000
(1) In July 2021, the Company entered into two separate finance lease obligations with Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC. In the first agreement, we agreed to sell and lease-back certain manufacturing equipment and warehouse/distribution equipment for $13.0 million with an interest rate of 3.26%. In the second agreement, we drew $9.8 million related to certain manufacturing equipment and warehouse/distribution equipment. Only interest is due on these loans until the capital projects are completed. In November 2021, we entered into an additional two agreements for $1.5 million with an interest rate of 3.97% and $2.2 million with an interest rate of 3.98%.
Amounts outstanding under term debt and financing obligations consisted of the following:
(in thousands)
2022 $ 11,414
2023 11,431
2024 47,538
2025 11,457
2026 10,159
Thereafter 757,892
Total $ 849,891
Term loan B, the Revolving Credit Facility, and the equipment loans are debt of UBH and its’ subsidiaries. There are no material differences between the financial statements of UBI and consolidated subsidiaries and the financial statements of UBH and consolidated subsidiaries, except for the Warrant liability and associated gain (loss) on remeasurement of warrant liability as described in “Note 17. Warrants” and the Tax Receivable Agreement described in “Note 2. Acquisitions” and cash or cash equivalent of $5.3 million held at UBI as of fiscal year end 2021. The cash on hand is primarily the result of distributions from UBH and is primarily used to pay dividends to shareholders and make tax payments.
Other Notes Payable and Finance Leases
During the first fiscal quarter of 2020, the Company closed on the acquisition of Kitchen Cooked, and the acquisition included a deferred purchase price of $2.0 million, of which $1.0 million was still outstanding as of January 3, 2021 and the remaining balance was repaid within fiscal 2021. Additionally, during the first fiscal quarter of 2020, the Company purchased intellectual property that include a deferred purchase price of $0.5 million, of which $0.4 million and $0.5 million was outstanding as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively.
During the third quarter of 2021, the Company recorded liabilities related primarily to reclaiming distribution rights from distributors, of which $1.3 million was outstanding as of January 2, 2022.
Amounts outstanding under notes payable consisted of the following:
(in thousands) As of
January 2, 2022
As of January 3, 2021
Note payable - IO notes $ 24,822 $ 23,106
Finance lease obligations(1)
8,166 8,967
Other 1,678 1,509
Total notes payable 34,666 33,582
Less: current portion (9,957) (9,018)
Long term portion of notes payable $ 24,709 $ 24,564
(1) See “Note 16. Leases” for further discussion on our finance lease obligations.
During fiscal 2019, the Company sold $33.2 million of notes receivable from IOs on its books for $34.1 million in a series of transactions to a financial institution. During fiscal 2021, the Company sold an additional $11.8 million of notes receivable from IOs on its books for $12.5 million in a series of transactions to a financial institution. Due to the structure of the transactions, they did not qualify for sale accounting treatment and the Company has recorded the notes payable obligation owed by the IOs to the financial institution on its books; the corresponding notes receivable also remained on the Company’s books. The Company services the loans for the financial institution by collecting principal and interest from the IOs and passing it through to the institution. The underlying notes have various maturity dates through April 2030. The Company partially guarantees the outstanding loans, as discussed in further detail within “Note 12. Contingencies”. These loans are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Accordingly, the Company has the ability to recover substantially all of the outstanding loan value upon default.
Interest Expense
Interest expense consisted of the following:
Successor Predecessor
(in thousands) Year Ended January 2, 2022 From
August 29, 2020
through
January 3, 2021 From
December 30, 2019
through
August 28, 2020 Year Ended December 29, 2019
Company’s ABL facility and other long-term debt $ 29,270 $ 7,911 $ 23,350 $ 43,688
Amortization of deferred financing fees 3,847 4,721 1,743 2,101
IO loans 1,591 669 1,566 2,599
Total interest $ 34,708 $ 13,301 $ 26,659 $ 48,388
9.DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND PURCHASE COMMITMENTS
Derivative Financial Instruments
To reduce the effect of interest rate fluctuations, the Company entered into a three year interest rate swap contract on September 6, 2019, with an effective date of September 30, 2019, with a counter party to make a series of payments based on a fixed interest rate of 1.339% and receive a series of payments based on the greater of LIBOR or 0.00%. Both the fixed and floating payment streams are based on a notional amount of $250 million. On December 21, 2021, with an effective date of December 31, 2021, the Company entered into an accreting interest rate swap contract with a counter party to make a series of payments based on a fixed interest rate of 1.3885% and receive a series of payments based on the greater of LIBOR or 0.00%. Both the fixed and floating payment streams are based on a notional amount of $250 million, accreting to $500 million and maturing on September 30, 2026. The Company entered into these transactions to reduce its exposure to changes in cash flows associated with its variable rate debt and has designated this derivative as a cash flow hedge. At January 2, 2022, the effective fixed interest rate on the long-term debt hedged by these contract was 3.5%. For further treatment of the Company’s interest rate swap, refer to “Note 10. Fair Value Measurements” and “Note 13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income.”
Warrant Liabilities
The Company has outstanding warrants which are accounted for as derivative liabilities pursuant to ASC 815-40. See Note 17. "Warrants" for additional information on our warrant liabilities. A reconciliation of the changes in the warrant liability for the year ended January 2, 2022 is as follows:
(in thousands)
Fair value of warrant liabilities as of January 3, 2021 $ 137,612
Reclassification of warrant liability to equity for exercised or cancelled warrants (54,713)
Gain on remeasurement of warrant liability (36,675)
Fair value of warrant liabilities as of January 2, 2022 $ 46,224
Purchase Commitments
The Company has outstanding purchase commitments for specific quantities at fixed prices for certain key ingredients to economically hedge commodity input prices. These purchase commitments totaled $34.7 million as of January 2, 2022. The Company accrues for losses on firm purchase commitments in a loss position at the end of each reporting period to the extent that there is an active observable market. The Company has recorded purchase commitment gain (losses) totaling $2.8 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $0.9 million and $(0.7) million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and $0.9 million for the year ended December 29, 2019, respectively.
10.FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The Company follows the guidance relating to fair value measurements and disclosures with respect to financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value each reporting period, and with respect to non-financial assets and liabilities that are not required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level I) and the lowest priority to unobservable pricing inputs (Level III). A financial asset or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:
Level I - Valuations are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;
Level II - Valuations are based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active. Financial asset or liabilities which are included in this category are securities where all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly; and
Level III - Prices or valuations that are unobservable and where there is little, if any, market activity for these financial assets or liabilities. The inputs into the determination of fair value inputs for these investments require significant management judgment or estimation. The availability of observable inputs can vary depending on the financial asset or liability and is affected by a wide variety of factors. To the extent that valuation is based on inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment.
The fair values of the Company’s Level II derivative instruments were determined using valuation models that use market observable inputs including interest rate curves and both forward and spot prices for commodities. Derivative assets and liabilities included in Level II primarily represent commodity and interest rate swap contracts.
The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis based upon the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall, as of January 2, 2022:
(in thousands) Level I Level II Level III Total
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 41,898 $ - $ - $ 41,898
Interest rate swaps - 2,208 - 2,208
Total assets $ 41,898 $ 2,208 $ - $ 44,106
Liabilities
Commodity contracts $ - $ 54 $ - $ 54
Interest rate swaps - 4,600 - 4,600
Debt - 841,962 - 841,962
Total liabilities $ - $ 846,616 $ - $ 846,616
The following table presents the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis based upon the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall, as of January 3, 2021:
(in thousands) Level I Level II Level III Total
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 46,831 $ - $ - $ 46,831
Total assets $ 46,831 $ - $ - $ 46,831
Liabilities
Commodity contracts $ - $ 248 $ - $ 248
Interest rate swaps - 5,163 - 5,163
Public warrants 52,580 - - 52,580
Private placement warrants - 85,032 - 85,032
Debt - 778,469 - 778,469
Total liabilities $ 52,580 $ 868,912 $ - $ 921,492
11.SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
For the periods presented, compensation expense included in selling and general and administrative expense for all types of stock-based compensation programs and the related income tax benefit recognized were as follows:
Successor Predecessor
(in thousands) Year Ended January 2, 2022 From
August 29, 2020
through
January 3, 2021 From
December 30, 2019
through
August 28, 2020 Year Ended December 29, 2019
RSUs $ 8,574 $ 6,176 $ - $ -
PSUs 1,228 401 - -
Stock Options 493 213 - -
Pre-tax compensation expense $ 10,295 $ 6,790 $ - $ -
The tax benefit recognized from the share-based compensation expense is immaterial.
Unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation grants was as follows:
(in thousands) As of January 2, 2022 As of January 3, 2021
RSUs $ 1,248 $ 10,021
PSUs 1,710 2,960
Stock Options 1,044 1,565
Total $ 4,002 $ 14,546
Restricted and Performance Share Units
2020 LTIP RSUs
In connection with the Business Combination, the Phantom Units issued under the 2018 LTIP were converted into the 2020 LTIP RSUs issued under the 2020 LTIP, with each RSU vesting on December 31, 2021, provided that if a change in control of Utz, under the terms of the 2020 LTIP occurs prior to December 31, 2021, the 2020 LTIP RSUs will become 100% vested, unless earlier forfeited under their terms, and representing an unfunded, unsecured promise by the Company to issue a participant one share of Class A Common Stock. Holders of 2020 LTIP RSUs are subject to substantially similar terms to the holders of Phantom Units, including requisite service period and vesting conditions. The conversion of the 2018 LTIP Phantom Units was accounted for as a modification under ASC 718. The 2020 LTIP RSUs are equity-classified due to settlement being in shares.
As a result of the Business Combination, the Company converted the Phantom Units under the 2018 LTIP into 2020 LTIP RSUs, which may settle into up to 1,479,445 shares of Class A Common Stock plus such number of shares the Company may deliver, in its discretion, to satisfy certain gross-up obligations, under the 2020 LTIP at a fair value of $16.34 per unit to holders of the Phantom Units. The fair value of the Phantom Units being replaced was approximately $11.2 million at the Closing, which was attributable to the pre-combination service period and was included in the purchase price of the Business Combination. The fair value of the 2020 LTIP RSUs at the Closing of the Business Combination in excess of the fair value of the replaced Phantom Units attributable to the pre-combination period was approximately $13.9 million and is attributable to the post-combination requisite service period.
Restricted Share Units
Under the 2020 Plan, the Company granted certain employees and directors RSUs as a result of their significant contributions. These grants will settle upon vesting into shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, subject to continued employment. The Initial Grant RSUs for directors will vest on May 6, 2021, while the Initial Grant RSUs for certain employees will vest in equal installments on December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2023. In conjunction with the vesting of the Initial Grant RSUs, the Company granted additional RSUs to directors that will vest on May 5, 2022. Subject to the vesting of such awards, the RSUs participated in dividends of the Company beginning with the fiscal 2020 end-of-year dividend declaration, which was paid out in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021.
Performance Share Units
The Company issued PSUs as part of the 2020 Plan, which settle into shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock subject to the continued employment of the grantees and achievement of certain performance criteria, provided that the issuance of the PSUs was contingent upon the Company filing a Form S-8 with the SEC, which occurred on November 2, 2020. The number of PSUs that will vest is determined by the Company’s Class A Common Stock achieving a certain Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) for the Company, relative to the TSR of a specified peer group. Depending on the Company’s TSR relative to the peer group TSR, the actual number of shares that will be vested can range from zero and up to 200% of the initial grant. The awards will vest 50% on December 31, 2022 and 50% on December 31, 2023, subject to the market condition described above. Subject to the vesting of such awards, the PSUs will participate in dividends of the Company beginning with the fiscal 2020 end-of-year dividend declaration, which was paid out in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021. Since the PSUs vest based on market conditions, a Monte Carlo simulation model was used to determine the grant-date fair value of the PSUs. The assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation model included a weighted average expected term of 2.8 years, weighted average expected volatility of 53.6%, and weighted average risk-free rate of 0.2%.
Performance Stock Units and Restricted Stock Units Number of Units Weighted-average grant date fair value for equity awards (per unit) Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Outstanding at beginning of year $ 1,608,502 $ 10.57 2.3 Years
Granted 42,321 26.57
Vested (1,376,536) 7.91
Forfeited (6,928) 19.88
Outstanding and exercisable at end of year $ 267,359 $ 22.33 1.5 Years
Stock Options
The Company granted its Executive Leadership Team stock options exercisable for Class A Common Stock of the Company, provided that the exercise of such stock options was contingent upon the Company filing a Form S-8 with the SEC, which occurred on November 2, 2020. Subject to continued employment, 50% of these options will vest on December 31, 2022 and 50% on December 31, 2023. The Company granted 286,268 stock options on August 28, 2020 and the exercise price of the options is the Company’s closing share price of $16.34 on August 28, 2020. The stock options have a maximum contractual life of 10 years from the grant date. No options were exercised or forfeited during the Successor period, and no stock options were granted prior to the Business Combination.
The fair value of each stock option granted was determined to be $7.38 using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model based on an expected volatility of 46.8%, expected option term of approximately 6.4 years, and risk-free rate of return of 0.4%. The risk-free rates are based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term. The expected option term was determined based on the simplified method as allowable under ASC 718 due to a lack of sufficient trading history for the Company’s common stock. The use of this method effectively assumes that exercise occurs evenly over the period from vesting until expiration, and therefore the expected term is the midpoint between the service period and the contractual term of the award.
Stock Options Number of Units Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value for Equity Awards (per unit) Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term Aggregate Intrinsic Value(1)
Outstanding at beginning of year 286,268 $ 16.34 2.3 Years
Granted - -
Vested - -
Forfeited - -
Outstanding and exercisable at end of year 286,268 $ 16.34 1.5 Years 0.00
(1) The aggregate intrinsic value in the above table represents the total pre-tax amount that a participant would receive if the option had been exercised on the last day of the respective fiscal period. Options with a market value less than its exercise value are not included in the intrinsic value amount.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On December 10, 2020, the Board of Directors approved the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), subject to stockholder approval. The ESPP was effective January 1, 2021, and purchase rights may be granted under the ESPP prior to stockholder approval, but no purchase rights may be exercised unless and until stockholder approval is obtained.
The maximum number of shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock available for sale under the ESPP shall not exceed in the aggregate 1,500,000 shares, and may be unissued shares or treasury shares or shares bought on the market for purposes of the ESPP.
Under the ESPP, employees are offered the option to purchase discounted shares of Class A Common Stock during offering periods designated by the administrator. Each offering period will be one year, consisting of two six-month purchase periods, commencing on each January 1 and July 1 following the effective date of the ESPP. The initial offering under the ESPP will commence on January 1, 2021 and end on December 31, 2021. Shares are purchased on the applicable exercise dates, which is the last trading day of each purchase period with initial purchase dates of June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2021. The purchase price will be 90% of the lower of (i) the fair market value of the stock on the date of enrollment and (ii) the fair market value of the stock on the last day of the related purchase period. As of January 30, 2021, 7.7 million shares of Class A common stock were available for issuance under the ESPP, and employee contributions had not yet commenced. For the year ended January 2, 2022, the Company granted 128,642 shares with a fair value of $2.7 million, and the Company recognized compensation expense of $0.5 million.
12.CONTINGENCIES
Litigation Matters
The Company is involved in litigation and other matters incidental to the conduct of its business, the results of which, in the opinion of management, are not likely to be material to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Tax Matters
The Company received an assessment from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania pursuant to a sales and use tax audit for the period from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2016. As of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, the Company had a reserve of $1.3 million to cover the assessment.
Guarantees
The Company partially guarantees loans made to IOs by Cadence Bank for the purchase of routes. The outstanding balance of loans guaranteed was $2.2 million and $4.1 million at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively, which are accounted for as an off balance sheet arrangement. The maximum amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under the guarantees equates to 25% of the outstanding loan balance up to $2.0 million. These loans are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Accordingly, the Company has the ability to recover substantially all of the outstanding loan value upon default.
The Company partially guarantees loans made to IOs by Bank of America for the purchase of routes. The outstanding balance of loans guaranteed that were issued by Bank of America was $18.6 million and $7.1 million at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively, which are accounted for as an off balance sheet arrangement. As discussed in “Note 8. Long-Term Debt”, the Company also sold notes receivable on its books to Bank of America during fiscal 2019, which the Company partially guarantees. The outstanding balance of notes purchased by Bank of America at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021 was $19.7 million and $16.5 million, respectively. Due to the structure of the transaction, the sale did not qualify for sale accounting treatment, as such the Company records the notes payable obligation owed by the IOs to the financial institution on its balance sheet; the corresponding note receivable also remained on the Company’s balance sheet. The maximum amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these guarantees equates to 25% of the outstanding loan balance on the first day of each calendar year plus 25% of the amount of any new loans issued during such calendar year. These loans are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Accordingly, the Company has the ability to recover substantially all of the outstanding loan value upon default.
The Company guarantees loans made to IOs by M&T Bank for the purchase of routes. The agreement with M&T Bank was amended in January 2020 so that the Company guaranteed up to 25% of the greater of the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding on the payment date or January 1st of the subject year. The outstanding balance of loans guaranteed was $4.9 million and $6.6 million at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively, all of which was on balance sheet. These loans are collateralized by the routes for which the loans are made. Accordingly, the Company has the ability to recover substantially all of the outstanding loan value upon default.
Unclaimed Property
The Company was notified in September 2016 that several states requested an audit of the Company’s unclaimed property practices. The states initiating the audit include Connecticut, Idaho, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New York, South Dakota, and Tennessee but was later expanded to include a total of 22 states. The audit is limited to UQF and does not include any other legal entities. The audit consists of three components including accounts payable, payroll, and accounts receivable customer over-payments. The Company estimates that the potential liability for the accounts payable and payroll components is approximately $0.2 million, which has been included in the other accrued expenses section of the balance sheet as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021. As of the date of these financial statements, the Company is not able to reasonably estimate the potential liability for the accounts receivable customer over-payments.
13.ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income was $3.7 million as of January 2, 2022 and $0.9 million as of January 3, 2021. Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consists solely of unrealized gains (losses) from the Company’s derivative financial instruments accounted for as cash flow hedges.
Changes to the balance in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:
Successor
(in thousands) Gains on
Cash Flow Hedges
Balance as of August 29, 2020 $ -
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges 924
Balance as of January 3, 2021 924
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges 2,791
Balance as of January 2, 2022 $ 3,715
Predecessor
(in thousands) Loss on
Cash Flow Hedges
Balance as of December 29, 2019 $ 1,408
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges (7,463)
Balance as of August 28, 2020 $ (6,055)
14.SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid for interest was $31.6 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $9.2 million and $28.8 million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and was $45.7 million for the year ended December 29, 2019. Refunds related to income related taxes were $0.7 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and was $0.1 million for the year ended December 29, 2019. Payments made for income-related taxes were $3.7 million for the year ended January 2, 2022, $0.5 million and $0.5 million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021 and for the Predecessor period from December 30, 2019 to August 28, 2020, respectively, and was $1.7 million for the year ended December 29, 2019. The following non cash considerations were part of the Business Combination Agreement with CCH: Continuing Members' retained restricted units totaling $54.1 million, TRA totaling $25.3 million, and LTIP RSU awards totaling $11.2 million. Dividends declared but not paid were $4.2 million and $4.3 million as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively, and are included within the "accrued expense and other" of the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
15.INCOME TAXES
The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income or loss of Utz Brands Holdings, LLC, as well as any standalone income or loss the Company generates. Utz Brands Holdings, LLC is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and for most applicable state and local income tax purposes, and generally does not pay income taxes in most jurisdictions. Instead, Utz Brands Holdings, LLC taxable income or loss is passed through to its members, including the Company. Despite its partnership treatment, Utz Brands Holdings, LLC is liable for income taxes in those states not recognizing its pass-through status and for certain of its subsidiaries not taxed as pass-through entities. The Company has acquired various domestic entities taxed as corporations, which are now wholly-owned by us or our subsidiaries. Where required or allowed, these subsidiaries also file and pay tax as a consolidated group for federal and state income tax purposes. The Company anticipates this structure to remain in existence for the foreseeable future.
The provision (benefit) for income taxes was as follows:
Successor Predecessor
(in thousands) Year Ended January 2, 2022 From
August 29, 2020
through
January 3, 2021 From
December 30, 2019
through
August 28, 2020 Year Ended December 29, 2019
Current:
Federal $ 1,553 $ - $ - $ 140
State 2,010 (219) 1,301 1,057
Total current 3,563 (219) 1,301 1,197
Deferred:
Federal (1,949) (528) 3,197 1,650
State 6,472 480 (525) 299
Total deferred 4,523 (48) 2,672 1,949
Total $ 8,086 $ (267) $ 3,973 $ 3,146
A reconciliation of the expected statutory federal tax and the total income tax expense (benefit) was as follows:
Successor Predecessor
(in thousands) Year Ended January 2, 2022 From
August 29, 2020
through
January 3, 2021 From
December 30, 2019
through
August 28, 2020 Year Ended December 29, 2019
Federal statutory rate (21%) $ 3,378 $ (22,715) $ 1,552 $ (2,146)
State income taxes, net of federal benefit 6,440 393 641 1,755
Pre-transaction loss of Utz Brands Holdings, LLC - - 1,752 4,204
Investment in Utz Brands Holdings, LLC (31) (23,844) - -
Noncontrolling interest in Utz Brands Holdings, LLC 2,448 1,497 - -
Valuation allowance 5,195 25,121 - (683)
Remeasurement of warrant liability (7,702) 19,288 - -
Return to provision (771) - - -
Permanent book to tax differences (593) - - -
Credits (239) - - -
IRC §162(m) 191 - - -
Nondeductible expenses 12 - 8 6
Other (242) (7) 20 10
$ 8,086 $ (267) $ 3,973 $ 3,146
The tax effect of temporary differences that gave rise to significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021:
(in thousands)
As of January 2, 2022 As of January 3, 2021
Deferred Tax Assets:
Accrued expenses $ 716 $ 279
Pension, retirement and other benefits 501 532
Inventories, including uniform capitalization 664 201
Investment in Utz Brands, LLC, Operations 25,454 25,724
Acquisition costs 818 985
Net operating losses 24,481 18,887
IRC §163(j) 1,980 -
Credits 224 108
Charitable contributions 38 -
Other deferred tax assets 203 509
Total gross deferred tax assets 55,079 47,225
Valuation allowance (43,523) (32,530)
Net deferred tax assets 11,556 14,695
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Plant and equipment, accelerated depreciation (16,149) (12,560)
Intangibles (79,861) (75,681)
Investment in Utz Brands Holdings, LLC, Nonreversing (51,455) -
Other deferred tax liabilities (425) (240)
Total deferred tax liabilities (147,890) (88,481)
Net deferred tax liabilities $ (136,334) $ (73,786)
On March 27, 2020, the U.S. federal government enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the CARES Act) and on December 27, 2020 enacted the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, neither of which had a material impact on our provision for income taxes.
Net Operating Loss and Tax Credit Carryforward
As of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, the Company and certain subsidiaries have federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of $96.1 million and $77.7 million, respectively. Of these, $41.0 million will expire, if not utilized, by 2037.
As of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, the Company and certain subsidiaries also have state NOL carryforwards in the amount of $75.9 million and $44.2 million, respectively. The state NOL carryforwards begin to expire in 2021, however, some state NOL's are able to be carried forward indefinitely.
As of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, the Company and certain subsidiaries have federal tax credit carryforwards in the amount of $0.2 million and $0.0 million, respectively.
As of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, certain subsidiaries have state tax credit carryforwards in the amount of $0.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
Utilization of some of the federal and state net operating loss and credit carryforwards are subject to annual limitations due to the “change in ownership” provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.
Valuation Allowance
The Company recorded a valuation allowance of $43.5 million and $32.5 million at January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the Company assessed the available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether future taxable income would be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets (“DTA's”). As of January 2, 2022, a significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the three-year cumulative loss before taxes. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as projections for future growth. The Company determined that there is uncertainty regarding the utilization of certain DTA's such as the investment in Utz Brands Holdings, LLC, federal operating losses subject to annual limitations due to “change in ownership” provisions, and state net operating losses where the Company does not expect to continue to have nexus. Therefore, a valuation allowance has been recorded against the DTA's for which it is more-likely-than-not they will not be realized. The Company has DTA’s related to its investment in partnership that are expected to be realized in the ordinary course of operations or generate future net operating losses for which a portion will have an indefinite carryforward period. Additionally, the Company has deferred tax liabilities (“DTL’s”) related to its investment in the partnership that will not reverse in the ordinary course of business and will only reverse when the partnership is sold or liquidated. The Company has no intention of disposing of or liquidating the partnership and therefore has not considered the indefinite lived DTL as a source of income to offset other DTA’s. In weighing positive and negative evidence, both objective and subjective, including its three-year cumulative loss, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against its DTA’s related to net operating losses and deductible book/tax differences and recorded a DTL primarily related to the book over tax basis in the investment in the partnership that will not reverse in the ordinary course of operations. The Company considered that an indefinite lived DTL may be considered as a source of taxable income for an indefinite lived DTA; however, given our indefinite lived DTL will only reverse upon sale or liquidation, the Company determined that it was more appropriate to record a valuation allowance against its DTA’s. The amount of DTA considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced or increased or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as projections for growth.
The net change in valuation allowance of $11.0 million was recorded as an increase to income tax expense for $5.2 million offset and an adjustment to increase equity for $5.8 million as it related to the direct tax effect of changes in tax basis in the investment in Utz Brands Holdings, LLC.
As of January 2, 2022, tax years 2018 through 2021 remain open and subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and the majority of the states where the Company has nexus, and tax years 2017 through 2021 remain open and subject to examination in selected states that have a four year statute of limitations.
Upon audit, tax authorities may challenge all or part of a tax position. A tax position successfully challenged by a taxing authority could result in an adjustment to our provision for income taxes in the period in which a final determination is made. The Company did not maintain any unrecognized tax benefits as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021.
Tax receivable agreement liability
Pursuant to an election under section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Company obtained an increase in its share of the tax basis in the net assets of UBH when it was deemed to purchase UBH units from the UPA Seller and purchased UBH units from the Continuing Members per the Business Combination. The Continuing Members have the option to exchange UBH units for UBI common stock post-Business Combination. The Company intends to treat any such exchanges as direct purchases for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which is expected to further increase its share of the tax basis in the net assets of UBH. The increases in tax basis may reduce the amounts the Company would otherwise pay in the future to various tax authorities. They may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets.
Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Company entered into the TRA, which provides for the payment by the Company of 85% of the amount of any tax benefits realized as a result of (i) increases in the share of the tax basis in the net assets of UBH resulting from the Business Combination and any future exchanges by the Continuing Members of UBH units for UBI common stock; (ii) tax basis increases attributable to payments made under the TRA; and (iii) tax amortization deductions attributable to the acquisition of Kennedy and the election to treat the transaction as an asset deal for tax purposes (the "TRA Payments"). The rights of each party under the TRA other than the Company are assignable, subject to certain restrictions. The timing and amount of aggregate payments due under the TRA may vary based on a number of factors, including the timing and amount of taxable income generated by the Company each year, as well as the tax rate then applicable, among other factors.
As of January 2, 2022, the Company recorded a TRA liability of $24.6 million, but it has a total liability of $38.2 million related to its projected obligations under the TRA. The total TRA liability includes $24.6 million that relates to payments that originated with the Business Combination and the acquisition of Kennedy and $13.6 million that relates to equity transactions that occurred during the 4th quarter 2020 and 3rd quarter 2021. The Company recorded a valuation allowance on its DTA, including the tax basis that originated with the 4th quarter 2020 and 3rd quarter 2021 equity transactions as they are not more likely than not to be realized based on the positive and negative evidence that the Company considered. The Company has not recorded the $13.6 million of TRA liability that relates to the 4th quarter 2020 and 3rd quarter 2021 equity transactions as the liability is not probable under ASC 450 since the related DTA is not more likely than not to be realized as evidenced by the valuation allowance. The Company will continue to monitor positive and negative evidence to analyze its valuation allowance and it believes that sufficient positive evidence may arise to permit the release of a significant portion of its valuation allowance. If that were to occur, it would result in the need to record $13.6 million of additional TRA liability for 4th quarter 2020 and 3rd quarter 2021 equity transactions, which would result in a non-cash charge to pretax results.
16.LEASES
As described in Note 1. "Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies", we adopted new lease accounting guidance effective January 4, 2021.
We determine if a contractual arrangement is a lease at inception. Our lease arrangements provide the Company the right to utilize certain specified tangible assets for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Our leases primarily relate to building space, vehicles, and equipment. Our leases generally have remaining terms ranging from one month to twelve years.
We separate lease components from vehicles leases and do not separate non-lease components from our building leases for the purposes of measuring our lease liabilities and assets. Our leases consist of operating leases and finance leases which are presented within current accrued expenses and other, non-current accrued expenses and other, current portion of other notes payable, and non-current portion of other notes payable on our consolidated balance sheets. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or lease are not recorded on the balance sheet.
We recognize a lease liability and a right of use asset at the lease commencement date based on the present value of future lease payments over the lease term discounted using our incremental borrowing rate. As many of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments.
We recognize operating lease expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease within operating expenses. Expense associated with our finance leases consists of two components, including interest on our outstanding finance lease obligations and amortization of the related right-of-use assets. The interest component is recorded in interest expense and depreciation of the finance lease asset is recognized over a straight-line basis over the term of the lease within cost of goods sold, selling expenses, and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).
Our leases do not contain material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. Some of our leases include optional renewal periods or termination provisions which we assess at inception to determine the term of the lease, subject to reassessment in certain circumstances.
The following table presents lease expense we have recorded on our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended January 2, 2022:
(in thousands)
Year Ended January 2, 2022
Finance lease expense:
Amortization of finance ROU asset $ 2,553
Interest of finance ROU asset 254
Total finance lease expense 2,807
Operating lease expense (1)
9,118
Total lease expense $ 11,924
(1) Included variable and short-term lease expense of $2.1 million and $3.4 million, respectively, for the year ended January 2, 2022.
Finance leases, net, are included in Property, Plant and Equipment as follows:
(in thousands)
As of
January 2, 2022 As of
January 3, 2021
Leases $ 10,863 $ 9,335
Less: accumulated depreciation 2,863 526
Leases, net $ 8,000 $ 8,809
Maturities of lease liabilities as of January 2, 2022:
(in thousands)
Operating Leases Finance Leases Total
2022 $ 9,988 $ 2,583 $ 12,571
2023 8,472 2,106 10,578
2024 5,642 1,500 7,142
2025 4,404 1,007 5,411
2026 2,643 786 3,429
2027 and thereafter 3,566 743 4,309
Total undiscounted obligations (1)
34,715 8,725 43,440
Less imputed interest (2,337) (559) (2,895)
Present value of lease obligations (1)
$ 32,379 $ 8,166 $ 40,545
(1) Excludes lease undiscounted obligations for buildings which the Company has entered into but which have not commenced as of January 2, 2022, totaling $5.2 million.
The following table summarizes supplemental balance sheet information related to leases as of January 2, 2022:
(in thousands, except lease term and discount rate) Operating Leases Finance Leases
ROU asset, non-current(1)
$ 31,664 $ 8,000
Lease liability, current $ 9,152 $ 2,377
Lease liability, non-current 23,226 5,789
Total lease liabilities $ 32,379 $ 8,166
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years) 4.6 4.3
Weighted average discount rate 2.85 % 2.95 %
(1) Finance ROU assets are reflected within property, plant, and equipment, net on our consolidated balance sheets and operating leases ROU assets are reflected within other assets on our consolidated balance sheets.
The following table presents other information related to leases for the year ended January 2, 2022 (in thousands):
Year Ended January 2, 2022
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases $ 8,755
Operating cash flows from finance leases $ 254
Financing cash flows from finance leases $ 2,741
Leased assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities $ 13,569
17. WARRANTS
Prior to the Business Combination, CCH issued 15,833,332 warrants that were initially sold by CCH in its initial public offering of securities (the “Public Warrants”), including 1,166,666 warrants issued pursuant to those certain Forward Purchase Agreements entered into by CCH with the Sponsor and each of the independent directors of CCH (the “Forward Purchase Agreements”) that were issued at the Closing of the Business Combination as part of the Forward Purchase Agreement discussed below (the “Forward Purchase Warrants”), and 7,200,000 warrants initially sold to the Sponsor simultaneously with the closing of its initial public offering (the “Private Placement Warrants,” collectively, with the Public Warrants and Forward Purchase Warrants, the “Warrants”). As a result of the Business Combination, the Company assumed the CCH warrants and such warrants are now exercisable for shares of UBI Class A Common Stock instead of Class A ordinary shares of CCH. All other features of the warrants remain unchanged. On December 14, 2020, the Company provided notice to the holders of the Public Warrants and Forward Purchase Warrants that their warrants would be redeemed in accordance with the original terms on January 14, 2021. As of January 2, 2022, there were 7,200,000 Private Placement Warrants outstanding and all Public Warrants and Forward Purchase Warrants have been exercised (except for the Public Warrants that were redeemed by the Company on January 14, 2021). As of January 3, 2021, there were 4,575,645 Public Warrants, 432,000 Forward Purchase Warrants, and 7,200,000 Private Placement Warrants outstanding. Prior to January 3, 2021, 10,825,664 Public Warrants and Forward Purchase Warrants were exercised.
The Private Placement Warrants and the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants were not transferable, assignable or salable until after the completion of the Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants are exercisable on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and are non-redeemable by the Company so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.
We account for the Warrants as derivative liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (“ASC 815-40”), due to certain settlement provisions in the corresponding warrant agreement that do not meet the criteria to be classified in stockholders’ equity. Pursuant to ASC 815-40, the Warrants are now classified as a liability at fair value on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, and the change in the fair value of such liability in each period is recognized as a non-cash gain or loss in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The Warrants are deemed equity instruments for income tax purposes, and accordingly, there is no tax accounting relating to changes in the fair value of the Warrants recognized.
The remeasurement of the warrant liability resulted in a gain (loss) of $36.7 million for the year ended January 2, 2022 and $(91.9) million for the Successor period from August 29, 2020 to January 3, 2021. Such gain (loss) is not attributable to the noncontrolling interest. The Predecessor did not have warrants and as such no remeasurement of warrant liability is recorded for the predecessor period from June 29, 2020 to August 28, 2020 and the year ended December 29, 2019.
18.SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
The following tables represents our net sales concentrations and accounts receivable concentration for our three largest customers by net sales.
Net sales concentrations:
Successor Predecessor
Customer Year Ended January 2, 2022 From
August 29, 2020
through
January 3, 2021 From
December 30, 2019
through
August 28, 2020 Year Ended December 29, 2019
Customer A 15 % 11 % 12 % 9 %
Customer B 7 5 4 5
Customer C 4 4 5 2
Total net sales concentrations 26 % 20 % 21 % 16 %
Accounts receivable concentrations:
Successor Predecessor
Customer As of
January 2, 2022 As of
January 3, 2021 As of December 29, 2019
Customer A 10 % 11 % 14 %
Customer B 6 5 5
Customer C 4 4 3
Total accounts receivable concentrations: 20 % 20 % 22 %
19.BUSINESS RISK
The novel coronavirus, or COVID-19, outbreak began impacting consumption, distribution and production of our products in March 2020. We have taken necessary preventive actions and implemented additional measures to protect our employees that work on site. We continue to experience higher demand for our products compared to historical volumes, and we are servicing that demand by increasing production and distribution activities. Generally, producers of food products, including salty snacks, have been deemed “essential industries” by federal, state, and local governments and are exempt from certain COVID-19-related restrictions on business operations. Our strategic manufacturing capabilities and DSD distribution network have allowed us to effectively service increases in demand and be responsive to evolving market dynamics driven by changes in consumer behavior. We continue to monitor customer and consumer demands, and intend to adapt our plans as needed to continue to meet these demands.
20.EQUITY
Class A Common Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 77,644,645 and 71,094,714 shares of UBI were issued and outstanding on January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, respectively. Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, all shares of CCH Class A ordinary shares, including 3,500,000 Forward Purchase Class A Ordinary Shares of CCH that were issued at the Closing of the Business Combination as part of the Forward Purchase Agreement discussed below, and Class B ordinary shares, less shareholder redemptions, were converted on a one-for-one basis into shares of Class A Common Stock, including 2,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock initially issued to the Sponsor, which immediately vested upon the Closing of the Business Combination and converted into shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company.
Class V Common Stock
The Company is also authorized to issue 61,249,000 shares of Class V Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 all of which were issued to the Continuing Members in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, as described in Note 2. “Acquisitions”. Each of the Continuing Members' common limited liability company units of UBH along with a share of Class V Common Stock may be exchanged for one share of Class A Common Stock of the Company upon certain restrictions being satisfied, as described in Note 2. “Acquisitions”. As of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, there were 59,349,000 and 60,349,000, respectively, shares of Class V Common Stock outstanding. On September 21, 2021, the Continuing Members exchanged 1,000,000 Common Company Units together with the surrender and cancellation of the same number of Class V Common Stock for an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock. The Company did not receive any proceeds as a result of this exchange.
Forward Purchases
In connection with the Closing of the Business Combination and pursuant to a Forward Purchase Agreement entered into between CCH, CCH’s Sponsor, and CCH’s independent directors, CCH consummated the sale and issuance of 3,500,000 shares issued pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreements and Forward Purchase Warrants to acquire up to 1,166,666 Class A ordinary shares of CCH at $11.50 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $35,000,000 that were used to fund the Business Combination.
21. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding during the Successor period. Diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding and the effect of all dilutive common stock equivalents and potentially dilutive share-based awards outstanding during the Successor period. For the Successor period, there is no difference in the number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding due to the Company's net loss position. The potentially dilutive securities that would be anti-dilutive due to the Company's net loss are not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to controlling interest. The anti-dilutive securities are included in the table below. Refer to Note 11. "Share-Based Compensation" for further information on the share-based awards considered in the diluted EPS computation.
Given the historical partnership equity structure of UBH, the Company determined that the calculation of earnings per membership unit results in values that are not a valuable metric to users of these consolidated financial statements. Therefore, EPS information is omitted for the Predecessor periods.
The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators used in the computations of both basic and diluted earnings per share:
Successor
(in thousands, except share data) Year Ended January 2, 2022
Basic earnings per share:
Numerator:
Net income attributable to controlling interest $ 20,555
Dividends and income related to participating stock-based compensation awards (386)
Net income attributable to common stockholders $ 20,169
Denominator:
Weighted average Class A Common Stock shares, basic 76,677,981
Basic earnings per share $ 0.26
Diluted earnings per share:
Numerator:
Net income attributable to common stockholders $ 20,555
Dividends and income related to participating stock-based compensation awards (386)
Net income attributable to common stockholders $ 20,169
Denominator:
Weighted average Class A Common Stock shares, basic 76,677,981
Dilutive securities included in diluted earnings per share calculation:
Warrants 3,316,122
RSUs 1,055,003
PSUs 32,256
Stock options 8,867
Total diluted weighted average shares 81,090,229
Diluted earnings per share $ 0.25
Class V Common Stock not subject to earnings per share calculation 60,063,286
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest $ (12,557)
Successor
(in thousands, except share data) From August 29, 2020 through January 3, 2021
Basic and diluted earnings per share:
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to controlling interest $ (99,930)
Dividends related to participating share-based compensation awards (110)
Net loss attributable to common stockholders $ (100,040)
Denominator:
Weighted average Class A Common Stock shares, basic and diluted 61,085,943
Basic and diluted earnings per share $ (1.64)
Anti-dilutive securities excluded from diluted earnings per share calculation:
Warrants 8,095,866
2020 LTIP RSUs 1,151,262
Initial grant RSUs 26,923
PSUs 140,076
Stock options 34,680
Total 9,448,807
Class V Common Stock not subject to earnings per share calculation 60,349,000
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest $ 7,971
The diluted earnings per share computation excludes the effect of certain RSUs granted to Directors and Management which convert to Class A Common Stock upon vesting 50% at December 31, 2022 and 50% at December 31, 2023, as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.
Shares of the Company’s Class V Common Stock do not participate in earnings or losses of the Company and, therefore, are not participating securities. The PSUs, Initial Grant RSUs, and 2020 LTIP RSUs were participating securities in the Successor period because the holders of these stock-based compensation awards are entitled to participate in dividends declared on Class A Common Stock, if and when declared, on a one-to-one per-share basis. As such, earnings per share calculations were completed under the two-class method. At January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021, the Continuing Members held all 59,349,000 and 60,349,000, respectively, shares of Class V Common Stock issued and outstanding and also held an equal number of common limited liability company units of UBH, which comprise the noncontrolling interest. The net loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest was $12.6 million and $8.0 million for the year ended January 2, 2022 and the Successor period from August 29, 2020 through January 3, 2021, respectively.
22. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On January 24, 2022, the Company announced that its subsidiaries have entered into a definitive agreement to acquire the assets of two existing third party direct store delivery distributors, Clem Snacks, Inc., a subsidiary of Clem Companies, and J&D Snacks, Inc., which together operate more than 125 DSD routes in the New York City, Long Island, Bronx and surrounding areas of New York. The Company closed on these transaction on February 7, 2022 and the acquisitions were funded with cash on hand as well as a draw on the ABL facility.

---

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.

---

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We have established disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and that information relating to the Company is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our current disclosure controls and procedures are effective at a level of reasonable assurance.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 2, 2022. The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 2, 2022 has been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included herein.
Remediation of Material Weakness in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or deleted on a timely basis. As previously disclosed in our January 3, 2021 10-K/A, our management concluded that there was a material weakness in our internal controls over financing reporting as we did not maintain effective internal control in the design and operating effectiveness of certain financial reporting related controls over the correct application of generally accepted accounting principles in the Unites States of America for stock warrants. Specifically, we determined that we had control deficiencies related to our accounting function’s failure to timely identify adjustments for stock warrants, and we did not adequately review or oversee the work of external specialists to assist us in the preparation of our financial statements and in our compliance with SEC reporting obligations.
During the year ended January 2, 2022 we took the following steps to remediate this material weakness:
•standardized our controls and procedures over accounting and financial reporting as part of our preparation for management’s initial report under section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
•formalized our internal review process related to non-routine transactions; and
• enhanced our reviews of accounting estimates performed by external specialists.
As of January 2, 2022, we concluded that the material weakness was sufficiently remediated.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Other than the remediation discussed above, there was no other change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during its most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.

---

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Item 9B. Other Information
None.

---

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this item with respect to our executive officers and directors is provided below. Other information required by this item will be set forth in our definitive Proxy Statement for our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the captions “Executive Officers of Utz Brands, Inc. - Corporate Governance” and “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement, which is to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The information regarding executive officers of the Company required by Item 401 of SEC Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure included under the caption “Supplemental Item. Information About Out Executive Officers” at the end of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The information required by Item 401 of SEC Regulation S-K concerning the directors and nominees for director of the Company, together with a discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that led the Board to conclude that the director or nominee should serve as a director at this time, will be located in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Proposal No. 1 - Election of Directors,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding the identification of the Audit Committee as a separately-designated standing committee of the Board and information regarding the status of one or more members of the Audit Committee as an “audit committee financial expert” will be located in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Committees and Meetings of the Board - Board Committees,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding our Code of Conduct applicable to our directors, officers and employees is located in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under the heading “Available Information.”

---

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information concerning ownership of our voting securities by certain beneficial owners, individual nominees for director, the named executive officers, including persons serving as our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and directors and executive officers as a group, will be located in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Information regarding all of the Company’s equity compensation plans will be located in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Equity Compensation Plan Information,” which information is incorporated herein by reference to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement, which is to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

---

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information concerning ownership of our voting securities by certain beneficial owners, individual nominees for director, the named executive officers, including persons serving as our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and directors and executive officers as a group, will be located in the Proxy Statement in the section entitled “Share Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” which information is incorporated herein by reference.
Other information required by this Item 12 will be included under the heading “Executive and Director Compensation - Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our 2022 Proxy Statement, which is to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This information is incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

---

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information required by this Item 13 will be included under the heading “Related Party Transactions - Transactions with Related Persons” and "Corporate Governance - Director Independence" in our 2022 Proxy Statement, which is to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This information is incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

---

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Information required by this Item 14 will be included under the heading “Audit, Audit-Related, Tax and All Other Fees” in our 2022 Proxy Statement, which is to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This information is incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Part IV

---

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Documents filed as part of the report
1.Financial Statements
The following Consolidated Financial Statements of Utz Brands, Inc. and the Reports of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report.
Index to the Financial Statements Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Grant Thornton LLP, Philadelphia, PA, PCAOB ID Number 248)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (Grant Thornton LLP, Philadelphia, PA, PCAOB ID Number 248)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 2, 2022 and January 3, 2021
Consolidated Statements of Operations And Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended January 2, 2022, fiscal periods ended January 3, 2021 and August 28, 2020, and year ended December 29, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the year ended January 2, 2022, fiscal periods ended January 3, 2021 and August 28, 2020, and year ended December 29, 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended January 2, 2022, fiscal periods ended January 3, 2021 and August 28, 2020, and year ended December 29, 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2. Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the information is not required under the related instruction or is not applicable or because the information required is already included in the financial statements or the notes to those financial statements.
3. Exhibits
The exhibits to this report are listed in the exhibit index below.
(b) Exhibits
The following exhibits are being filed herewith:
Exhibit
Number Exhibit Description
2.1†
Business Combination Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2020, by and among Collier Creek Holdings, Series U of UM Partners, LLC, Series R of UM Partners, LLC and Utz Brands Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Collier Creek’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on June 5, 2020.
2.2†
Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Truco Holdco, Inc., Truco Holdings LLC, Utz Quality Foods, LLC and Heron Holding Corporation , dated November 11, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686) dated November 11, 2020 and filed with the Commission on November 12, 2020.
3.1
Certificate of Domestication of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 28, 2020 (File No: 001-38686), filed with the Commission September 3, 2020).
3.2
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 28, 2020 (File No: 001-38686), filed with the Commission September 3, 2020).
3.3
Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 28, 2020 (File No: 001-38686), filed with the Commission September 3, 2020).
4.1
Specimen Warrant Certificate of Collier Creek (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Collier Creek’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-227295), filed with the Commission on September 12, 2018.
4.2
Warrant Agreement, dated October 4, 2018, between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and Collier Creek (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Collier Creek’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on October 10, 2018).
4.3*
Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated February 22, 2022 by and among the Company, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, and Equinity Trust Company.
4.4*
Description of Securities
10.1
Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Utz Brands Holdings, LLC, dated as of August 28, 2020, by and among Utz Brands Holdings, LLC, Utz Brands, Inc., Series U of UM Partners, LLC, Series R of UM Partners, LLC and each other person who is or at any time becomes a member of Utz Brands Holdings, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on September 3, 2020).
10.2†
Tax Receivable Agreement, dated August 28, 2020, by and among Utz Brands, Inc., Utz Brands Holdings, LLC, Series U of UM Partners, LLC, Series R of UM Partners, LLC and the TRA Party Representative, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on September 3, 2020).
10.3
Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2020, by and among Utz Brands, Inc., Series U of UM Partners, LLC, Series R of UM Partners, LLC, the Sponsor Parties and the Sponsor Representative, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on September 3, 2020).
10.4
Standstill Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2020, by and among Utz Brands, Inc., Series U of UM Partners, LLC, Series R of UM Partners, LLC, Collier Creek Partners LLC, certain founder holders and certain beneficial owners and related parties of Series U of UM Partners, LLC and Series R of UM Partners, LLC (incorporate by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on September 3, 2020).
10.5
Sponsor Side Letter Agreement, dated June 5, 2020, by and among Collier Creek Holdings, Collier Creek Partners, LLC, Chinh E. Chu, Jason Giordano, Roger Deromedi and certain of their family members and affiliates and the independent directors of Collier Creek Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Collier Creek’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on June 5, 2020).
10.6
Unit Purchase Agreement, dated June 5, 2020, by and among Collier Creek Partners LLC, BSOF SN LLC, Series U of UM Partners, LLC and Series R of UM Partners, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Collier Creek’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on June 5, 2020).
10.7
Form of Forward Purchase Agreement between the Company and the investor named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Collier Creek’s Form S-1 (File No. 333-227295), filed with the SEC on September 12, 2018).
10.8†
First Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated November 21, 2017, entered into by and among Utz Quality Foods, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the other parties thereto as amended July 23, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Collier Creek’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-239151), filed with the Commission on August 3, 2020).
10.9†
ABL Credit Agreement, dated November 21, 2017, entered into by and among Utz Quality Foods, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the other parties thereto as amended September 3, 2019, April 1, 2020, and July 23, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Collier Creek’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-239151), filed with the Commission on August 3, 2020).
10.10+
Offer Letter dated August 28, 2020 by and between the Company and Dylan Lissette (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on September 3, 2020).
10.11+
Offer Letter, dated June 27, 2017, entered into by and between Utz Quality Foods, LLC and Ajay Kataria (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Collier Creek’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-239151), filed with the Commission on August 3, 2020).
10.12+
Utz Brands, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on September 3, 2020).
10.13+
Utz Quality Foods, LLC 2020 Long-Term Incentive Plan and form of award agreement thereunder (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on September 3, 2020).
10.14+
Utz Brands, Inc. Executive Severance Benefit Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on September 3, 2020).
10.15+
Utz Brands, Inc. Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on September 3, 2020).
10.16+
Utz Quality Foods, Inc. Non-qualified deferred Compensation Plan, adopted April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on September 3, 2020).
10.17
Bridge Credit Agreement, entered into as of December 14, 2020, among Utz Quality Foods, LLC, Utz Brands Holdings, LLC, Bank of America, N.A., and each lender from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686) dated December 14, 2020 filed with the Commission on December 14, 2020.
10.18
Bridge Security Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2020, among Utz Quality Foods, LLC, Utz Brands Holdings, LLC, the other guarantors party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686) dated December 14, 2020 filed with the Commission on December 14, 2020.
10.19+
Offer Letter, dated April 11, 2017, entered into by and between Utz Quality Foods, LLC and Mark Schreiber (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Utz Brands, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-3868), with the Commission on March 18, 2021.
10.20
Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 20, 2021, to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated November 21, 2017, as amended, among Utz Quality Foods, LLC, Utz Brands Holdings, LLC, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto (incorporated by reference from the Company’s Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686), filed with the Commission on January 20, 2021) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38686) dated May 13, 2021.
10.21
Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2021, to the First Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2017 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2020, by that certain Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 20, 2021 among Utz Quality Foods, LLC, Utz Brands Holdings, LLC, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and each lender from time to time party thereto.(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-38686) dated August 12, 2021.
10.22+*
Offer Letter dated June 7, 2021 by and between the Company and Shane Chambers.
10.23+*
Offer Letter dated May 10, 2021 by and between the Company and Theresa R. Shea.
Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to Utz Brands, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-38686) dated August 28, 2020 and filed with the Commission on September 3, 2020)
21.1*
List of Subsidiaries
23.1*
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered accounting firm
31.1*
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 and 15d-14 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
31.2*
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 and 15d-14 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
32.1**
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2**
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS* XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
* Filed herewith
** Furnished herewith
+ Indicates a management or compensatory plan.
† Schedules to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Registration S-K. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedules to the SEC upon request.